2007 amanti owners manual en

283
kia, the company Congratulations! Your selection of a Kia was a wise investment. It will give you years of driving pleasure. Now that you are the owner of a Kia vehicle, you’ll probably be asked a lot of questions about your vehicle and the company like “What is a Kia?”, “Who is Kia?”, “What does ‘Kia’ mean?”. Here are some answers. First, Kia is the oldest car company in Korea. It is a company that has thousands of employees focused on building high-quality vehicles at affordable prices. The first syllable, Ki, in the word “Kia” means “to arise from to the world” or “to come up out of to the world.” The second syllable, a, means “Asia.” So, the word Kia, means “to arise from” or “to come up out of Asia to the world.” Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!

Upload: phu

Post on 14-Nov-2014

134 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

kia, the company

Congratulations! Your selection of a Kia was a wise investment. Itwill give you years of driving pleasure. Now that you are the owner ofa Kia vehicle, you’ll probably be asked a lot of questions about yourvehicle and the company like “What is a Kia?”, “Who is Kia?”, “Whatdoes ‘Kia’ mean?”.Here are some answers. First, Kia is the oldest car company in Korea.It is a company that has thousands of employees focused on buildinghigh-quality vehicles at affordable prices. The first syllable, Ki, in the word “Kia” means “to arise from to theworld” or “to come up out of to the world.” The second syllable, a,means “Asia.” So, the word Kia, means “to arise from” or “to comeup out of Asia to the world.”

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!

Page 2: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

i

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.When you require service, remember that your dealer knowsyour vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained technicians,recommended special tools, genuine Kia replacement parts andis dedicated to your complete satisfaction.Because subsequent owners require this important informationas well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it issold.This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manualthat provides important information on all warranties regardingyour vehicle. If your vehicle is equipped with an audio system,you will also have a Kia Integrated Audio System manualexplaining its operation. We urge you to read these publica-tions carefully and follow the recommendations to help assureenjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle.Kia offers a great variety of options, components and featuresfor its various models.Therefore, the equipment described in this manual, along withthe various illustrations, may not all be applicable to your par-ticular vehicle.

The information and specifications provided in this manualwere accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right todiscontinue or change specifications or design at any timewithout notice and without incurring any obligation. If youhave questions, always check with your Kia Dealer.We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoringpleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.

© 2007 Kia Motors Corp.All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated inwhole or in part without the written consent of Kia MotorsAmerica, Inc.Printed in Korea

Foreword

Page 3: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

ii

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Knowing your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

Driving tips

In case of an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications

Index

table of contents

Page 4: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

1How to use this manual / 1-2

Vehicle break-in process / 1-3

Introduction

Page 5: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Introduction

21

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from your vehi-cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist youin many ways. We strongly recommendthat you read the entire manual. At thevery least, you must read the WARNINGand CAUTION sections spread through-out the manual, which are easily recog-nized by their special markings. Thesesections have precautions that must befollowed to prevent personal injury ordeath.Illustrations complement the words in thismanual to best explain how to enjoy yourvehicle. By reading your manual, youlearn about features, important safetyinformation, and driving tips under vari-ous road conditions.

The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. A goodplace to start is the index; it has an alpha-betical listing of all information in yourmanual.Sections: This manual has eight sectionsplus an index. Each section begins with abrief list of contents so you can tell at aglance if that section has the informationyou want.

You’ll find various WARNING’s,CAUTION’s, and NOTICE’s in this manu-al. These WARNING’s, CAUTION’s andNOTICE’s were prepared to enhanceyour personal safety and continued satis-faction with Kia vehicle. You should care-fully read and follow ALL procedures andrecommendations provided in theseWARNING’s, CAUTION’s and NOTICE’s.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates a situation inwhich damage to your vehicle couldresult if the notice is ignored.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation inwhich serious bodily injury or deathcould result if the warning isignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich personal injury, perhapssevere, could result if the caution isignored.

Page 6: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

1 3

Introduction

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESSNo special break-in period is needed. Byfollowing a few simple precautions for thefirst 1,000 km (600 miles) you may add tothe performance, economy and life ofyour vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• Do not maintain a single speed for long

periods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Avoid full-throttle starts.

Page 7: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

2Interior overview / 2-2Instrument panel overview / 2-3Engine compartment / 2-4

Your vehicle at a glance

Page 8: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Your vehicle at a glance

22

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

OGH006002N

1. Door lock/unlock button......................3-92. Power window switches....................3-143. Outside rearview mirror control

switch ...............................................3-844. Seat adjust knob ..............................3-195. Hood release lever ...........................3-806. Parking brake pedal .........................4-137. Parking brake release lever..............4-138. Instrument panel illumination ...........4-279. Steering wheel .................................4-1710. Instrument cluster...........................4-2511. Inside rearview mirror ....................3-8612. Trunk release lever .........................3-7613. Fuel filler lid release button ............3-8114. Seat ................................................3-1715. Master power door lock control ......3-1016. Master power window control lock..3-1517. Brake pedal ....................................4-1018. Vent controls...................................4-5019. Steering wheel tilt...........................4-1820. Power adjustable pedal switch*......4-12*: if equipped

Page 9: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

2 3

Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Driver’s Air Bag...................................3-57 2. Light control / Turn signals..........4-34/4-363. Instrument cluster ...............................4-254. Wiper/Washer .....................................4-385. Ignition switch .......................................4-26. Seat warmer .......................................3-237. Front passenger’s air bag off indicator ..3-598. Hazard .........................................4-42, 6-29. Rear climate control selection button ..4-5210. Climate control system .....................4-4311. Shift lever ............................................4-512. Passenger’s airbag ...........................3-58 13. Glove box..........................................3-9014. Trunk lid control button......................3-7715. Audio controls*..................................3-9916. Auto cruise controls*.........................4-1917. Electronic stability control*................4-2218. Trip computer*.................................3-117*: if equipped

OGH006001N

Page 10: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Your vehicle at a glance

42

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OGH056001N

1. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .......7-182. Power steering fluid reservoir .............7-153. Engine oil filler cap .............................7-114. Auto transaxle oil dipstick ...................7-165. Air cleaner...........................................7-196. Brake fluid reservoir............................7-147. Engine oil dipstick ...............................7-118. Radiator cap .......................................7-139. Positive battery terminal ..............6-4, 7-2210. Engine coolant reservoir...................7-1211. Negative battery terminal ..........6-4, 7-22

Page 11: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3

Keys / 3-2Remote keyless entry / 3-4Immobilizer system / 3-7Door locks / 3-9Windows / 3-13Seats / 3-17

Driver position memory system / 3-28Safety belts / 3-30Air bags-advanced supplemental restraint

system / 3-52Trunk / 3-76Hood / 3-80Fuel filler lid / 3-81Mirrors / 3-84Interior lights / 3-88Storage compartments / 3-89Interior features / 3-91Sunroof / 3-96Antenna / 3-98Audio remote control / 3-99Audio systems / 3-100

Knowing your vehicle

Page 12: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

23

The key code number is stamped on theplate attached to the key set. Should youlose your keys, this number will enablean authorized Kia Dealer to duplicate thekeys easily. Remove the plate and store itin a safe place. Also, record the codenumber and keep it in a safe and handyplace, but not in the vehicle.

Key operations➀ Master key

Used to start the engine, lock andunlock the doors, lock and unlock theglove box, and open the trunk.

➁ Sub keyUsed only to start the engine and lockand unlock the door.

➂ TransmitterUsed to lock and unlock the doorsand trunk (trunk can only be openedwith the transmitter when the trunk lidcontrol button located in the glovecompartment is turned on. See page3-3).

KEYS

OGH036001N OGH036002N

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended in avehicle with the ignition key is dan-gerous even if the key is not in theignition. Children copy adults andthey could place the key in the igni-tion. The ignition key would enablechildren to operate power windowsor other controls, or even make thevehicle move, which could result inserious bodily injury or even death.Never leave the keys in your vehiclewith unsupervised children.

➁➂

Page 13: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 3

Knowing your vehicle

Restrictions in handling keysWhen leaving keys with parking lot andvalet attendants, the following proce-dures will ensure that your vehicle’s trunkand glove box compartment cannot beopened in your absence.

1. Unlock the glove box with the masterkey and open it.

2. Set the trunk lid control button in theglove box compartment to OFF (notdepressed). In the OFF position, thetrunk cannot be unlocked with eitherthe trunk release lever inside the car ortrunk open button of transmitter.

3. Close the glove box, and lock the glovebox using the master key.

4. Leave the sub key with the attendant.The trunk and glove box are securedbecause the sub key only allows theengine to start and locks and unlocksthe door.

1GHA2004

WARNINGUse only Kia original parts for theignition key in your vehicle. If anaftermarket key is used, the ignitionswitch may not return to ON afterSTART. If this happens, the starterwill continue to operate causingdamage to the starter motor andpossible fire due to excessive cur-rent in the wiring.

Page 14: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

43

➀ Lock button➁ Unlock button➂ Trunk lid open button➃ Alarm button

➀ Lock ( )All doors are locked and the hazardlamp will flash once if the lock buttonis pressed. Also, the trunk is lockedand cannot be opened with the out-side handle.

➁ Unlock ( )Driver’s door is unlocked and the haz-ard lamp will flash twice if the unlockbutton is pressed once. Also, the trunkis unlocked and can be opened withthe outside handle. All doors areunlocked if the unlock button ispressed twice within 3 seconds.After depressing this button, thedoors will be locked automaticallyunless you open them within 30 sec-onds.

➂ Trunk lid open ( )The trunk lid opens if this button ispressed. If this button is pressed whileall the doors are locked, the trunk willopen, however it will remain lockedwhen closed.If any door is unlocked, the trunk willremain unlocked when closed.When the trunk lid control button inthe glove box is OFF, the trunk will notopen or unlock even when the buttonon the transmitter is pressed.

➃ Alarm ( )The horn sounds and hazard lampwill flash for about 27 seconds if thisbutton is pressed.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

2GHN3330A

➁ ➃

Page 15: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 5

Knowing your vehicle

✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if any ofthe following occur:- The ignition key is in the ignition

switch.- You exceed the operating distance

limit (10 m [393.7 inches]).- The battery in the transmitter is

weak.- Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.- The weather is extremely cold.- The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact an author-ized Kia Dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEKeep the transmitter away from wateror any liquid. If the keyless entry systemis inoperative due to exposure to wateror liquids, it will not be covered by yourmanufacturer vehicle warranty.

Operational distance may vary depend-ing upon the area the transmitter is usedin. For example, if the vehicle is parkednear police stations, government andpublic offices, broadcasting stations, mil-itary installations, airports, or transmit-ting towers, etc., operational distancemay be lessened.

This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause interfer-

ence, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of thedevice.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment.

Page 16: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

63

Battery replacementTransmitter uses a 3 volt lithium batterywhich will normally last for several years.When replacement is necessary, use thefollowing procedure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-

tly pry open the transmitter’s centercover (➀ ).

2. Replace the battery with a new one.When replacing the battery, make surethe battery’s positive “+” symbol facesup as indicated in the illustration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

✽✽ NOTICEThe keyless entry system transmitter isdesigned to give you years of troublefreeuse, however it can malfunction ifexposed to moisture or static electricity.If you are unsure how to use your trans-mitter or replace the battery, contact anauthorized Kia dealer.

For replacement of transmitters, see anAuthorized Kia Dealer for reprogram-ming.

2GHN3101

CAUTION• Using the wrong battery can

cause the transmitter to malfunc-tion. Be sure to use the correctbattery.

• To avoid damaging the transmit-ter, don't drop it, get it wet, orexpose it to heat or sunlight.➀

Page 17: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 7

Knowing your vehicle

Your vehicle is equipped with an elec-tronic engine immobilizer system toreduce the risk of unauthorized vehicleuse.The immobilizer system is comprised ofa small transponder in the ignition keyand electronic devices inside the vehicle.With the immobilizer system, wheneveryou insert your ignition key into the igni-tion switch and turn it to ON, it checksand determines whether the ignition keyis valid or not.If the key is determined to be valid, theengine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid, theengine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizer sys-tem:Insert the ignition key into the key cylin-der and turn it to the ON position.

To activate the immobilizer sys-tem:Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.The immobilizer system activates auto-matically. Without a valid ignition key foryour vehicle, the engine will not start.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not use thekey with other immobilizer keys near it.Otherwise the engine may not start ormay stop soon after it starts. Keep eachkeys separate.

Limp home (override) procedureWhen you turn the ignition key to the ONposition, if the IMMO indicator remainson continuously after blinking 6 times,your transponder equipped in the ignitionkey is out of order. You cannot start theengine without the lime home procedure.To start the engine, you have to inputyour password by using the ignitionswitch.

The following procedure is how to inputyour password of “2345” as an example.1. Turn the ignition key to the ON posi-

tion. The IMMO indicator ( ) willblink 6 times and remain on indicatingthe beginning of the limp home proce-dure.

2. Turn the ignition key to the ACC posi-tion.

IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 18: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

83

3. To enter the first digit (in this example“2”), turn the ignition key to the ON andACC position twice. Perform the sameprocedure for the next digits between 3seconds and 10 seconds (for example,for “3”, turn the ignition ON and ACC 3times).

4. If all of the digits have been input suc-cessfully, you have to start the enginewithin 10 seconds. If you attempt tostart the engine after 10 seconds, theengine will not start and you will haveto input your password again.

After performing the limp home proce-dure, you have to see an authorized Kiadealer immediately to inspect and repairyour ignition key or immobilizer system.

This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause interfer-

ence, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of thedevice.

CAUTION The transponder in your ignitionkey is an important part of theimmobilizer system. It is designedto give years of trouble free service,however you should avoid expo-sure to moisture, static electricityand rough handling. Immobilizersystem malfunction could occur.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobilizer system because itcould cause the immobilizer sys-tem to malfunction and should onlybe serviced by an authorized Kiadealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the immobilizer systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

CAUTIONIf you cannot start your engine inspite of limp home procedure, haveyour vehicle towed by an author-ized Kia dealer for inspection andnecessary repairs.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment.

Page 19: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 9

Knowing your vehicle

Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle • Driver’s door can be locked and

unlocked with the key.• Turn the key to the left to lock all doors.• Turn the key to the right once to unlock

the driver’s door and to the right twicewithin 3 seconds to unlock all doors.

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter key.

• Once the doors are unlocked, it may beopened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorwith your hand. Make sure that doorsare closed securely.

To lock a door without the key, push thedoor lock switch (➀ ) to the “LOCK” posi-tion and close the door (➁ ).

✽✽ NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key, engagethe parking brake, close all windowsand lock all doors when leaving yourvehicle unattended.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the door is locked/unlocked multipletimes in rapid succession with either thevehicle key or door lock switch, the sys-tem may stop operating temporarily inorder to protect the circuit and preventdamage to system components.

DOOR LOCKS

1GHA2011

Lock Unlock 1

2

OGH036908N

Page 20: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

103

Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleWith the door lock button• To unlock a door, pull the door lock but-

ton out to the “UNLOCK” position (thered part (➁ ) of the button becomes vis-ible).

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (➀ ) to the “LOCK” position (redpart (➁ ) of the knob is not visible).

• To open a door, pull the door handle(➂ ) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the frontdoor is pulled when the door lock but-ton is in lock position, the button isunlocked and the door opens (ifequipped).

• Front doors cannot be locked if theignition key is in the ignition switch andwhen the front door is opened.

With central door lock switchThe central door locking switch is locatedon the front door’s rest. It is operated bydepressing the door lock switch. If anydoor is open when the switch isdepressed, the door will remain lockedwhen closed.

1GHA2013

Lock Unlock

2GHA2014

OGH026005

Driver’s side

Front passenger’s side

Page 21: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 11

Knowing your vehicle

• When pushing down on the front por-tion (➀ ) of the door lock switch, allvehicle doors will lock.

• When pushing down on the rear por-tion (➁ ) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill unlock.

• However, if the key is in the ignitionswitch and any front door is open, thedoors will not lock by pressing the doorlock switch.

CAUTION• The doors should always be fully

closed and locked while the vehi-cle is in motion to prevent acci-dental opening of the door.Locked doors will also discour-age potential intruders when thevehicle stops or slows.

• Be careful when opening doorsand watch for vehicles, motorcy-cles, bicycles or pedestriansapproaching the vehicle in thepath of the door. Opening a doorwhen something is approachingcan cause damage or injury.

WARNINGLeaving your vehicle unlocked caninvite theft or possible harm to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle while you are gone.Always remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle. Furthermore, childrenmight operate features of the vehi-cle that could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm, possi-bly from someone gaining entry tothe vehicle. Never leave children oranimals unattended in your vehicle.

Page 22: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

123

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors while the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out and beseverely injured or killed.To preventchildren from opening the reardoors from inside, the rear doorsafety locks should be used when-ever children are in the vehicle.

Impact sensing door unlock sys-tem (if equipped)All doors will automatically unlock if a col-lision that warrants SRS air bag deploy-ment is detected when the ignition switchis in the ON position.However, if the impact causes damage tothe vehicle electrical system or themechanical door lock mechanisms, theimpact sensing door unlock system maynot operate.

Rear door child safety lockThe child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should beused whenever children are in the vehi-cle.

1. Open the rear door.2. Push the child safety lock located on

the rear edge of the door to the “lock”position. When the child safety lock isin the “lock ( )” position, rear doorwill not open when the inner door han-dle is pulled from inside the vehicle.

3. Close the rear door.4. To open the rear door, pull the outside

door handle.Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle (➀ ) until rear doorchild safety lock is unlocked ( ).

1GHA2015A

Page 23: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 13

Knowing your vehicle

➀ Driver’s door power window switch➁ Front passenger’s door power window

switch➂ Rear door (left) power window switch➃ Rear door (right) power window switch➄ Window opening and closing➅ Automatic power window ➆ Power window lock switch

WINDOWS

OGH026006N

Page 24: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

143

Power windows The ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls that door’s window.However, the driver has a power windowlock switch which can block the operationof the passenger windows.If you notice buffeting and pulsation(wind shock) with either side windowsopened, you should open the oppositewindow slightly to reduce the condition.

CAUTION• To prevent the power window

system from the possibility ofdamage, do not open or close twowindows at the same time. Thiswill also ensure the longevity ofthe fuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in opposing directions atthe same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

WARNING• Make sure hands and face are

safely out of the way before clos-ing a window.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockswitch in the LOCK position(depressed). Serious injury canresult from unintentional windowoperation by the child.

• Do not extend face or arms out-side through the window openingwhile driving.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands and otherobstructions are safely out of theway before closing a window.

Page 25: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 15

Knowing your vehicle

Window opening and closingThe driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all the win-dows in the vehicle. To open or close awindow, press down or pull up the frontportion of the corresponding switch.

Automatic power windowDepressing or pulling up the power win-dow switch momentarily to the seconddetent position (➅ ) completely lowers orlifts the window even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, pull up or depress the switchmomentarily to the opposite direction ofthe window movement.If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, the automatic power win-dow system must be reset as follows:1. Turn the ignition key to ON position.2. Close each window and continue

pulling up on each power windowswitch for at least 0.5 second after thewindow is completely closed.

Automatic window reversal (When win-dow is closed by the automatic powerwindow)If the upward movement of the window isblocked by an object or part of the body,the window will detect the resistanceand will stop upward movement. Thewindow will then lower approximately150 mm (5.9 inches) to allow the objectto be cleared.

1GHA2301A1GHA2300A

Page 26: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

163

Power window lock switch• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on a passenger door bydepressing the power window lockswitch located on the driver’s door toLOCK (pressed).

• When the power window lock switch isON, the driver’s master control cannotoperate the passenger door powerwindows either.

Power window timer (if equipped)The power windows can be operated forapproximately 30 seconds after the igni-tion key is removed or turned to the ACCor LOCK position. However, if the frontdoors are opened, the power windowscannot be operated even within 30 sec-onds after the ignition key is removed.

WARNING• The automatic window reversal

feature (window lowers 150 mm[5.9 inches] when a resistance isdetected) will only operate whenthe automatic power window upoperation feature is used.Automatic window reversal willnot operate if the window israised using the first detent posi-tion (➄ ) on the power windowswitch. Always double check tomake sure all faces, arms, handsand other obstructions are safelyout of the way before operatingthe power window.

• If an object less than 4 mm (0.16inch) in diameter is caughtbetween the window glass andthe upper window channel, theautomatic reversal may not detectthe resistance and will not oper-ate. Therefore, always check forany obstructions before raisingany window.

Page 27: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 17

Knowing your vehicle

Driver’s seat➀ Seat adjustment, forward / back-

ward/height ➁ Seatback recliner➂ Seat heater / ventilator switch*➃ Lumbar support ➄ Driver position memory system*■ Headrest adjustment (headrest

cannot be adjusted by a switch)

Front passenger seat➅ Seat adjustment, forward / backward ➆ Seatback recliner➇ Seat heater / ventilator switch*■ Headrest adjustment (headrest

cannot be adjusted by a switch)

Rear seat➈ Seat heater switch (left)*➉ Seat heater switch (right)*

* : if equipped

SEATS

STOPSTOP

OGH026012N

Page 28: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

183

For a seating position more comfortableto the driver and front passenger, adjustthe seat forward, backward, up anddown.

WARNING• Loose objects in the driver’s foot

area could interfere with the oper-ation of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Looseobjects might interfere with theseat slide mechanism. Do notplace anything under the frontseats.

• The power seats are operablewith the ignition OFF.Therefore, children should neverbe left unattended in the car.

WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust the seat

while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control, andan accident causing death, seri-ous injury, or property damage.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other way inter-fering with proper locking of aseatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Always drive and ride with your

seatback upright and the lap por-tion of the safety belt, or lap belt,snug and low across the hips.This position puts your safetybelts in the best position to pro-tect you in case of an accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessary airbag injuries including the possi-bility of severe injury or death,always sit as far back as possiblefrom the steering wheel while stillbeing able to maintain comfort-able control of your vehicle.

• The Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standards (CMVSS) rec-ommends that the driver sit atleast 250 mm (10 inches) awayfrom the steering wheel to avoidthe risk of serious injury or deathdue to the deployment of the dri-ver’s air bag.

CAUTION• Power seats are driven by electric

motor. Stop operating when theadjustment is completed.Excessive operation may damagethe electrical equipment.

• When in operation, the powerseats consume large amounts ofelectrical power. To preventunnecessary charging systemdrain, don’t adjust the powerseats longer than necessarywhile the engine is not running.

• Do not operate two or more powerseat control buttons at the sametime. Doing so may result inpower seat motor or electricalcomponent malfunction.

Page 29: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 19

Knowing your vehicle

Driver’s seat adjustmentForward/backward position andheight adjustmentAdjusting the seat forward and backwardPush the control button forward or back-ward to move the seat to the desiredposition. Release the knob and the seatwill lock in the selected position.Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the control knob. If the seat moves,it is not locked properly.

Adjusting front height of seat cushionMove the front portion of the control knobup to raise or down to lower the front partof the seat cushion.

Adjusting rear height of seat cushionMove the rear portion of the control knobup to raise or down to lower the rear partof the seat cushion.

5GHA2238 5GHA2239 5GHA2240

Page 30: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

203

WARNINGDriving or riding in a vehicle with afront seatback reclined could leadto serious or fatal injury in an acci-dent. If a front seat is reclined dur-ing an accident, the occupant’s hipsmay slide under the lap portion ofthe safety belt applying great forceto the unprotected abdomen orneck or a passenger may be ejectedin a rollover. Serious or fatal inter-nal injuries could result. Keep theseatbacks in a comfortably uprightposition whenever the vehicle is inmotion.

Adjusting the height of seat cushionTo raise or lower the seat cushion, pull upor push down on the center of the corre-sponding switch. Release the knob oncethe seat reaches the desired position.

Adjusting the driver’s seatbackreclinerMove the lever forward or backward tothe desired angle and release the lever. Ifthe lever is released, seatback will lock inplace. After adjustment, make sure thatthe lever has returned to its originallocked position.

5GHA2241 5GHA2242

Page 31: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 21

Knowing your vehicle

Lumbar supportThe lumbar support can be adjusted bypressing the lumbar support switch onthe side of the driver’s seat. Press thefront portion of the switch (➀ ) to increasesupport, or the rear portion of the switch(➁ ), to decrease support.Move the support position up and downby pressing the switch (➂ ) or (➃ ).

Driver position memory system(if equipped)A driver position memory system is pro-vided to store and recall the seat andoutside mirror positions with a simplebutton operation. By saving the desiredpositions into the system memory, differ-ent drivers can reposition the seat andoutside mirror based upon their drivingpreference.See page 3-28 for detail information.

Adjusting the front passengerseatForward/backward position adjust-mentPush the control knob forward or back-ward to move the seat to the desiredposition. Release the knob and the seatwill lock in the selected position.Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the control knob. If the seat moves,it is not locked properly.

OGH026014

STOPSTOP

OGH036900N 5GHA2248

Page 32: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

223

Adjusting seatback reclinerMove the lever forward or backward tothe desired angle and release the lever. Ifthe lever is released, seatback will lock inplace. After adjustment, make sure thatthe lever has returned to its originallocked position.

WARNINGIn order to avoid unnecessary airbag injuries including the possibili-ty of severe injury or death, alwayssit as far back as possible by mov-ing the seat far back, while stillmaintaining good vehicle control.Serious injury or death may becaused due to the deployment ofthe passenger’s air bag.

5GHA2249

WARNINGRiding in a vehicle with a front seat-back reclined could lead to seriousor fatal injury in an accident. If afront seat is reclined, the occu-pant’s hips may slide under the lapportion of the safety belt applyinggreat force to the unprotectedabdomen or neck or a passengermay be ejected in a rollover. Seriousor fatal internal injuries couldresult. Keep the seatbacks in acomfortably upright position when-ever the vehicle is in motion.

Page 33: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 23

Knowing your vehicle

Warming and ventilating the frontseats (if equipped)Warming the seatsThe front seats can be electrically heatedindividually when the ignition switch isON. When the switch is ON, a numberranging from 1 to 5 is displayed on theswitch (5 = warmest setting).To turn off the seat warmer, set theswitch to 0.The seat warmer turns off automaticallywhen the seat temperature reaches theselected range and will turn on again ifthe temperature drops below the select-ed range.

Ventilating the seatsThe front seats are ventilated by thesmall vent hole on the surface of theseats and seatbacks, when the ignitionswitch is ON and the control switch is dis-played in the range of -1 to -3.Do not spill liquid such as water or bev-erages on the surface of the front seatsand seatbacks. For the air vent holesmay be blocked and prevent them fromworking properly.Do not place materials such as plasticbags or newspapers under the seats.Theair vent may not work properly as the airintake can be blocked.When the air vent does not operate,restart the vehicle. If there is no change,have your vehicle inspected by anauthorized KIA dealer.As you operate the control switch, youwill be able to notice the temperaturechange after 3 to 5 minutes. For the tem-perature is adjusted by the small air vent.For more effective use, you may use itwith the air conditioner and heater.

OGH026017

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol andgasoline. Doing so may damagethe surface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place blankets,cushions or seat covers on theseats while the seat warmer is inoperation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to theseat warming components couldoccur.

Page 34: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

243

Headrest adjustmentAdjusting forward and backwardThe headrest may be adjusted forward tothree different positions by pulling theheadrest forward. To adjust the headrestbackward, pull it fully forward to the far-thest position and release it. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supports thehead and neck.

Adjusting the height up and downThe headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and passengers, but alsohelps protect the head and neck in theevent of a collision.

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (➀ ). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button(➁ ) on the headrest support and lowerthe headrest to the desired position (➂ ).For best protection, adjust the headrestso its center is as high as your ears. Alsoadjust the headrest so its distance fromthe head is as wide as your fist.

1GHA2245

WARNINGPassengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. In particular, thefollowing types of passengersshould exercise extreme care:1. Infants, children, elderly or dis-

abled persons, or hospital outpa-tients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)

1GHA2246

Page 35: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 25

Knowing your vehicle

RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(➀ ) while pulling upward (➁ ).

Rear seatArmrestThe armrest is located in the center ofthe rear seat. Pull the armrest down fromthe seatback.You will find a storage cover and cupholders (if equipped).

Warming the rear passenger seats (if equipped)Rear seats can be electrically heatedwhen the ignition switch is ON.1. Pull the armrest down using the strap

provided on the armrest.2. When the switch is ON, a number

ranging from 1 to 5 is displayed on theswitch (5 = warmest setting).

To turn off the seat warmer, set theswitch to 0.The seat warmer turns off automaticallywhen the seat temperature reaches theselected range and will turn on again ifthe temperature drops below the select-ed range.

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of head and neckinjuries, do not drive the vehiclewith the headrest removed orimproperly positioned.Do not adjust the driver’s headrestwhile driving.

1GHA2247 OGH026090N OGH036320N

left rear seat

right rear seat

Page 36: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

263

Headrest adjustmentAdjusting the height up and downThe headrest not only provides comfortfor the rear passengers, but also helpsprotect the head and neck in the event ofa collision.For best protection, adjust the headrestso its center is as high as your ears. Alsoadjust the headrest so its distance fromthe head is as wide as your fist.To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (➀ ). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button(➁ ) on the headrest support and lowerthe headrest to the desired position (➂ ).

WARNINGPassengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. In particular, thefollowing types of passengersshould exercise extreme care:1. Infants, children, elderly or dis-

abled persons, or hospital outpa-tients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)

1GHA2254

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol andgasoline. Doing so may damagethe surface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place blankets,cushions or seat covers on theseats while the seat warmer is inoperation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to theseat warming components couldoccur.

Page 37: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 27

Knowing your vehicle

RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(➀ ) while pulling upward (➁ ).

Storing long/narrow cargo with trunkclosed (if equipped)Pull the armrest down using the strapprovided on the armrest. Pull the coverdown while pushing the release leverdown. Additional cargo space is providedto accommodate long/narrow cargo(skis, poles, lumber, etc.) not able to fitproperly in the trunk when closed.

1GHA2255

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of head and neckinjuries, do not drive the vehiclewith the headrest removed orimproperly positioned.

1GHA2108

CAUTIONBe careful when loading cargothrough the rear passenger seats toprevent damage to the vehicle inte-rior.

WARNING• Make sure the engine is off, the

transaxle is in P and the parkingbrake is applied whenever load-ing or unloading cargo. Vehiclemay move if shift lever is inadver-tently moved to another position.

• When cargo is loaded through therear passenger seats, ensure thecargo is properly secured to pre-vent it from moving while driving.Unsecured cargo in the passen-ger compartment can cause dam-age to the vehicle or injury to itsoccupants.

Page 38: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

283

A driver position memory system is pro-vided to store and recall the seat andoutside mirror positions with a simplebutton operation. By saving the desiredpositions into the system memory, differ-ent drivers can reposition the seat andoutside mirror based upon their drivingpreference.If battery is disconnected, the positionmemory will be lost and the driving posi-tions should be restored in the system.

Storing positions into memoryusing the buttons on the doorStoring driver’s seat positions1. Shift the transaxle lever into P while

the ignition switch is ON.2. Adjust the seat and outside rearview

mirror to positions comfortable for thedriver.

3. Press the M button on the controlpanel.

4. Press one of the memory buttons (1 or2) within 5 seconds after pressing theM button. The system will beep twicewhen memory has been successfullystored.

The particular driver positions are mem-orized in the button (1 or 2) selected.

Recalling positions from memory1. Shift the transaxle lever into P while

the ignition switch is ON.2. To recall the position in memory, press

the desired memory button (1 or 2) thesystem will beep once, then the seatand outside rearview mirror will auto-matically adjust to the stored positions.

Adjusting one of the control knobs for theseat or outside rearview mirror while thesystem is recalling the stored positionswill cause the movement for that compo-nent to stop and move in the directionthat the control knob is moved. Othercomponents will continue position recall-ing.To stop the position recall at any point inthe recall process, press the STOP but-ton once. Seat and outside rearview mir-ror position recalling will stop.

DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

STOPSTOP

OGH036901N

CAUTIONUse with caution when recallingadjustment memory while sitting inthe vehicle. Press the STOP buttonimmediately if the seat moves too farin any direction.

Page 39: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 29

Knowing your vehicle

Storing and recalling with trans-mitterStoring with the transmitterTurn the ignition switch to LOCK from ONand lock all the doors using the transmit-ter. The seat and outside rearview mirrorpositions will be stored in the systemmemory.

Driver’s position recalling with trans-mitterUnlock the door with the transmitter,positions stored in the system memorywill be recalled automatically.

If using two transmitters, recalling timesmay vary because stored positions ineach transmitter may be different.Example) If doors are locked with trans-mitter A and unlocked with transmitter B,the positions memorized when unlockedwith transmitter B will be recalled andmay take slightly longer than if unlockedwith transmitter A.

Page 40: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

303

Pre-tensioner seat beltYour vehicle is equipped with driver’s andfront passenger’s pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant’s body in certainfrontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seatbelts can be activated alone or, togetherwith the air bags, where the frontal colli-sion is severe enough.

✽✽ NOTICEThe pre-tensioner seat belt is installed atthe front seats, and the sensor isequipped inside the buckle, where pres-ence of passenger is sensed by the fas-tening of the seat belts. Therefore, pre-tensioner will not activate if the passen-ger is not fastened with the seat belts.Likewise, it will activate if buckled evenwithout a passenger in the seat. Pre-ten-sioner seat belt is designed to activatewhen the seatbelt is in use. To ensurethe pretensioner seatbelts activate inevent of a possible seatbelt buckleswitch malfunction, the system isdesigned to activate regardless ofwhether a seat belt is in use or if no seatbelt use is detected within 6 seconds ofturning the ignition switch ON.

The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion.➀ SRS air bag warning light➁ Seatbelt pre-tensioner assembly➂ SRS air bag control module

SAFETY BELTS

2GHB3002

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:• The seat belt must be worn cor-

rectly.• The seat belt must be adjusted to

the correct position.

1KMB3311A

Page 41: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 31

Knowing your vehicle

Load limiter When the pre-tentioner activates, if thesystem senses excessive seat belt ten-sion on the driver or passenger’s seatbelt, the load limiter inside the pre-ten-sioner will release some of the pressureon the affected seat belt.

WARNINGWhen the pre-tensioner seat beltsare activated and the air bag isdeployed, a loud noise may beheard and fine dust, which mayappear to be smoke, may be visiblein the passenger compartment andare not toxic.Although, it is harmless, the finedust may cause skin irritation andshould not be breathed for pro-longed periods. Wash your handsand face thoroughly after an acci-dent in which the air bags and/orpre-tensioner seat belts were acti-vated.

WARNING• Because the sensor that activates

the SRS air bag is connected withpre-tensioner seat belt, the SRSair bag warning light on theinstrument panel will blink or illu-minate for approximately 6 sec-onds after the ignition key hasbeen turned to the “ON” position,then the light should go off.

• If the pre-tensioner seat belt isnot working properly, this warn-ing light will illuminate even ifthere is no malfunction of SRS airbag system. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminatewhen the ignition key is turned to“ON” , or if it remains illuminatedafter blinking or illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, please have anauthorized Kia dealer inspect thepre-tensioner seat belt or SRS airbag system as soon as possible.

WARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate once. After activation,pre-tensioner seat belts must bereplaced. All seat belts, of anytype, should always be replacedafter they have been worn duringa collision.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must be doneby an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNINGThe pre-tensioner seat belt assem-bly mechanisms become hot duringactivation. Do not touch the pre-ten-sioner seat belt assembly for sever-al minutes after they have been acti-vated.

Page 42: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

323

Safety belt restraint system We strongly recommend that the driverand all passengers be properlyrestrained at all times by using the safetybelts provided with the vehicle. Properuse of the safety belts decreases the riskof severe injury or death in accidents orsudden stops. In most states, and inCanada, the law requires their use.

All seats have lap/shoulder belts. Inertiallocks in the safety belt retractors allow allof the lap/shoulder safety belts to remainunlocked during normal vehicle opera-tion. This allows the occupants somefreedom of movement and increasedcomfort while using the safety belts. If aforce is applied to the vehicle, such as astrong stop, a sharp turn, or a collision,the safety belt retractors will automatical-ly lock the safety belts.

WARNING• Do not strike the pre-tensioner

seat belt assemblies.• Do not attempt to service or

repair the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem in any manner.

• Improper handling of the pre-ten-sioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings notto strike, modify, inspect, place,service or repair the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadver-tent activation causing seriousinjury.Always wear the seat beltswhen driving or riding in a motorvehicle.

WARNING - Safety beltsTo minimize the risk of serious orfatal injury in an accident, the driv-er and all passengers should usethe appropriate safety restraints fortheir age and size. The presence ofair bags does not change the needto be properly restrained by a safe-ty belt or size-appropriate childrestraint. In fact, air bags aredesigned to work the best whenpassengers are correctly restrainedin the vehicle. Be sure you arefamiliar with the information in thissection, including the informationon infant and child restraints. Readthe safety warnings on the sunvisors of your vehicle also.

Page 43: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 33

Knowing your vehicle

Since the inertial locks do not require acollision in order to lock up, you maybecome aware of the safety belts lockingwhile braking or going around sharp cor-ners.

The rear safety belts use a special auto-lock feature designed to allow a childrestraint to be used without an addedlocking clip. These safety belt positionsnormally lock only under extreme oremergency conditions (emergency lockmode). However, they can be adjusted sothat they remain in fixed and locked whena child restraint system is in place. (Usethis auto-lock mode only to secure a childrestraint, never for passengers restrainedby the safety belts.) Page 3-46 givesinstructions on placing the safety belt inthe auto lock mode.The driver’s safety belt can only operatein the emergency lock mode.

Safety belts provide the best restraintwhen:• The seatback is upright.• The occupant is sitting upright (not

slouched).• The lap belt is snug across the hips.• The shoulder belt is snug across the

chest.• The knees are straight forward.To help you remember to fasten yoursafety belt, a warning light will come onand a chime will sound. See Safety BeltWarning Light and Chime on page 3-35.

WARNINGAlways use the rear seat position(s)to install your child restraint(s).Never install a child restraint sys-tem in the front passenger position,as an inflating air bag could causeserious or fatal injury to a child inthat position.

WARNING - After a colli-sion

• Lap/shoulder belt assembliesmay be stretched or damagedwhen subjected to the stress andforces of a collision.

• The entire restraint systemshould be inspected followingany collision. All belts, retractors,anchors and hardware damagedby a collision should be replacedbefore the vehicle is operatedagain.

Page 44: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

343

WARNING - Cargo area (if equipped)

Passengers should never beallowed to ride in the cargo area ofa vehicle. No safety belts are pro-vided for the cargo area. Personsriding in the vehicle without a fas-tened safety belt are much morelikely to suffer serious bodily injuryor death during an accident.

WARNING - Twisted beltsA twisted or jammed safety beltcannot restrain you properly. If youcannot untwist or unjam the safetybelt, have an authorized Kia dealerrepair or replace it immediately.Never drive or ride with a twisted orjammed safety belt.

WARNING - Belt useSafety belts must be used correctlyto work properly in an accident.Each seating position in your vehi-cle has a specific safety belt assem-bly that includes a buckle andtongue designed to be used togeth-er.For greatest effectiveness, followthese guidelines in using safetybelts:• Use the shoulder portion of the

safety belt on the outside shoul-der only. Never wear the shoulderportion under the arm.

• Never swing the safety beltaround your neck to fit over theinside shoulder.

• Never wear the shoulder portionof the safety belt across the neckor face.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Wear the lap portion as low as

possible. Be sure that the lap beltfits snugly around the hips.Never wear a lap portion of alap/shoulder belt over your waist;it should always go over thestronger area of your hips.

• Never use a single safety belt formore than one person.

• The front seatbacks shouldalways remain in a comfortable,upright position when the vehicleis moving.

Page 45: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 35

Knowing your vehicle

Safety belt warning light andchimeIf the driver's lap/shoulder belt is not fas-tened when the key is turned ON or if it isunfastened after the key is turned ON,safety belt warning light blinks until thebelt is fastened.If the driver's lap/shoulder belt is not fas-tened when the key is turned ON or if it isunfastened after the key is turned ON,safety belt warning chime sounds forapproximately 6 seconds.

1GQA2083

WARNING - Safety beltcare

• A damaged belt may not give youthe protection you need in anaccident.

• Inspect your safety belts periodi-cally for excessive wear or dam-age. Pull out each belt fully andlook for fraying, cuts, burns orother damage. Pull the safety beltout and let it retract a number oftimes. Make sure that thelap/shoulder belts return smooth-ly and easily into the retractor.

• Check the latches to make surethey latch and release withoutinterference or delay.

• Never close the doors on any partof the lap or shoulder belt.

• Any belt not in good condition orin good working order should bepromptly replaced.

CAUTION Never close the doors on any partof the lap or shoulder belt. It candamage the safety belt or bucklewhich could increase the risk ofinjury in case of an accident.

Page 46: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

363

Lap/shoulder beltTo fasten the front lap/shoulder belt:1. Grasp the buckle and tongue plate.2. Slowly pull the lap/shoulder belt out

from the retractor.

3. Insert the tongue plate (➀ ) into theopen end of the buckle (➁ ) until anaudible “click” is heard, indicating thebelt is locked in the buckle.

4. Position the lap portion (➀ ) of the beltacross your lap as LOW ON THE HIPSas possible to reduce the risk of slidingunder it during an accident. Adjust thebelt to a SNUG FIT by pulling up onthe shoulder portion (➁ ) of the safetybelt. The belt retractor is designed totake up excess webbing automaticallyand to maintain tension on the belt. Foryour safety, do not put any excessslack into the safety belt at any loca-tion.

S2BLA371 S2BLA372 S2BLA373

➀➁

Page 47: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 37

Knowing your vehicle

5. Adjust the shoulder anchor position toyour size. To raise the anchor position,push the anchor up (➀ ). To lower theanchor position, press the button (➁ )and slide the anchor down (➂ ). Afteradjustment, make sure the anchor islocked in position.

To unfasten the front lap/shoulderbelt:Press the release button on the buckleand allow the belt to slowly retract.

MMSA30265GHN3900

WARNING• The height adjuster must be in

the locked position when thevehicle is moving.

• The misadjustment of height ofthe shoulder belt could reducethe effectiveness of the seat beltin a crash.

WARNING• The seatbacks should always

remain in a comfortable, uprightposition while the vehicle is inmotion. The safety belt systemwill provide the most protectionwith the seatbacks in an uprightposition.

• Never wear the shoulder portionof the safety belt under the out-side arm or behind the back.

• Never wear the shoulder portionof the safety belt across the neckor face.

• Wear the lap portion of the safetybelt as low on the hips as possi-ble. Be sure the lap belt fits snug-ly around the hips. Never wear thelap belt over your waist.

(Continued)

Page 48: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

383

Rear lap/shoulder belt To fasten the rear lap/shoulder belt:1. Grasp the buckle and tongue plate.2. Slowly pull the lap/shoulder belt out.3. Insert the tongue plate (➀ ) into the

open end of the buckle (➁ ) until anaudible “click’’ is heard, indicating thebelt is locked in the buckle.

4. Position the lap portion (➀ ) of the beltacross your lap as LOW ON THE HIPSas possible to reduce the risk of slidingunder it during an accident. Adjust thebelt to a SNUG FIT by pulling up onthe shoulder portion (➁ ) of the safetybelt. The belt retractor is designed totake up excess webbing automaticallyand to maintain tension on the belt. Foryour safety do not put any excessslack into the safety belt.

(Continued)• Never drive or ride with a twisted

or jammed safety belt. If you can-not untwist or unjam the safetybelt, see the nearest Kia dealerimmediately.

• Never use a single belt to restrainmore than one person at a time.

Failure to follow these warningsmay increase the risk and severityof injury in an accident.

OGH036906N OGH036907N

➀➁ ➀

Page 49: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 39

Knowing your vehicle

To unfasten:Press the release button on the buckleand allow the belt to slowly retract.

When using the rear center seat belt, thebuckle with the “CENTER” mark must beused.

WARNING• Never wear the shoulder portion

of the safety belt under the out-side arm or behind the back.

• Never wear the shoulder portionof the safety belt across the neckor face.

• Wear the lap portion of the safetybelt as low as possible. Be surethe lap belt fits snugly around thehips. Never wear the lap belt overyour waist.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never drive or ride with a twisted

or jammed safety belt. If you can-not untwist or unjam the safetybelt, see the nearest Kia dealerimmediately.

• Never use a single belt to restrainmore than one person at a time.

Failure to follow these warningsmay increase the risk and severityof injury in an accident. 2GHA2122A

Page 50: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

403

Proper use and care of the safetybelt system To ensure that the safety belts providethe maximum protection, please followthese instructions:• Use the belts at all times - even on

short trips.• If the safety belt is twisted, straighten it

prior to use.• Keep sharp edges and damaging

objects away from the belts.• Periodically inspect belt webbing,

anchors, buckles and all other parts forsigns of wear and damage. Replacedamaged, excessively worn or ques-tionable parts immediately.

• To clean the belt webbing, use a mildsoap solution recommended for clean-ing upholstery or carpets. Follow theinstructions provided with the soap.Do not bleach or dye the webbingbecause this may weaken the webbingfibers and allow them to fail whenloaded in a collision.

• Do not make modifications or additionsto the safety belt.

• After wearing a safety belt, make sureit fully retracts to the stowed position.Do not allow the belt to get caught inthe door when you close it.

Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap/shoul-der belt assemblies whenever possibleaccording to specific recommendationsby their doctors. The lap portion of thebelt should be worn AS SNUGLY ANDLOW AS POSSIBLE.

WARNING - Pregnantwomen

Pregnant women must never placethe lap portion of the safety beltover the area of the abdomen wherethe fetus is located or above theabdomen where the belt couldcrush the fetus during an impact.

Page 51: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 41

Knowing your vehicle

Restraint of infants and smallchildren To increase their safety, infants andyoung children should always berestrained by a restraint systemapproved for their age and size.Never allow a child to stand or kneel onthe seat of a moving vehicle. Never allowa safety belt to be placed around both achild and an adult or around two childrenat the same time.It is best for children to be seated in therear seats.

Many companies manufacture childrestraint systems (often called childseats) for infants and small children. Anacceptable child restraint system mustalways satisfy Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standards. Make sure that anychild-restraint system you use in yourvehicle is labelled as complying withFederal Safety Standards.The child-restraint system should bechosen to fit both the size of the child andthe size of the vehicle seat. Be sure to fol-low any instructions provided by thechild-restraint system manufacturerwhen installing the child-restraint system.

WARNING - Children onlaps

Never hold a child on your lap or inyour arms in a moving vehicle.Even a very strong person cannothold onto a child in the event ofeven a minor collision.

WARNING - Infants andyoung children

• Infants and young children are atmuch greater risk of serious injuryor death in an accident or suddenstop if they are unrestrained orrestrained improperly. Follow allinstructions in this section of yourKia manual and the instructionsthat came on and with animproved child safety restraintsystem. The child restraint mustbe correctly installed in the vehi-cle, and the child must be correct-ly installed in the child restraint.

• All children under 12 are safest inthe back seat.

• Never install a child or infant seatin the front passenger position.The baby could be injured orkilled by the air bag if it deploys inan accident.

• Never allow a child to stand orkneel on the seat of a moving vehi-cle. Insist the child sit down in anapproved restraint system.

Page 52: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

423

Restraint of larger children As children grow, they may need to usenew child-restraint systems, includinglarger child seats or booster seats, whichare appropriate for their increased size.A child who has outgrown available child-restraint systems should use the beltsprovided in the vehicle. When seated inthe rear outboard seats, the child shouldbe restrained by the lap/shoulder belt.If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the center of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they may need to be returned toa child restraint system. In addition, after-market devices are available from inde-pendent manufacturers which help pullthe shoulder belt down and away fromthe child’s face or neck.Larger children should use one of theseat belts provided.

WARNING - Shoulder beltson small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt to bein contact with a child’s neck orface while the vehicle is inmotion.

• If safety belts are not properlyworn and adjusted, there is a riskof death or serious injury to achild.

WARNING - Hot metalparts

Safety belts and seats can becomehot in a vehicle that has beenclosed during warm/hot weather;they could burn a child. Check seatcovers and buckles before youplace a child anywhere near them.

Page 53: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 43

Knowing your vehicle

Child restraint system (if equipped)For small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required bylaw. This child seat or infant seat shouldbe of appropriate size for the child andshould be installed in accordance withthe manufacturer's instructions. It isstrongly recommended that the seat beplaced in the vehicle's rear seat sincethis can make an important contributionto safety.Children riding in the car should sit onthe rear seat and must always be proper-ly restrained to minimize the risk of injuryin an accident, sudden stop or suddenmaneuver. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat.

You are required by law to use safetyrestraints for children. If small childrenride in your vehicle you must put them ina child restraint system (safety seat).Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your car andseat belts, and fits your child. Follow allthe instructions provided by the manufac-turer when installing the child restraintsystem.

ADAIRBAG

WARNING• A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat on thefront passenger's seat.Should an accident occur andcause the passenger air bag todeploy, it could severely injure orkill an infant or child seated in aninfant or child seat.Thus, only usea child restraint in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

(Continued)

Page 54: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

443

(Continued)• Since a safety belt or child

restraint system can become veryhot if it is left in a closed vehicle,be sure to check the seat coverand buckles before placing achild there.

• When the child restraint systemis not in use, store it in the trunkor fasten it with a safety belt orLATCH system so that it will notbe thrown forward in the case of asudden stop or an accident.

• Children who are too large to bein a child restraint should sit inthe rear seat and be restrainedwith the available lap/shoulderbelts. Never allow children to ridein the front passenger seat.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Always make sure that the shoul-

der belt portion of the lap/shoul-der belt is positioned midwayover the shoulder, never acrossthe neck or behind the back. Thelap belt portion of the lap/shoul-der belt must always be posi-tioned as low as possible on thechild's hips and as snug as pos-sible.

• If the seat belt will not properly fitthe child, an approved boosterseat in the rear seat must be usedin order to raise the child's seat-ing height so that the seat beltwill properly fit the child.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never allow a child to stand up or

kneel on the seat.• Never use an infant carrier or

child safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback; it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.

• Never allow a child to be held in aperson's arms while they are in amoving vehicle, as this couldresult in serious injury to thechild in the event of an accidentor a sudden stop. Holding a childin a moving vehicle does not pro-vide the child with any means ofprotection during an accident,even if the person holding thechild is wearing a seat belt.

Page 55: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 45

Knowing your vehicle

Installing a child restraint system For safety reasons, we recommend thatthe child restraint system be used in therear seats. Never place a rear-facingchild restraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger that aninflating passenger side air bag couldimpact the rear-facing child restraintand kill the child.Since all passenger’s (except driver’s)safety belts move freely under normalconditions and only lock under extremeor emergency conditions (emergencylock mode), you must manually changethese safety belts to the auto lock modeto secure a child restraint.

✽✽ NOTICEThe driver’s safety belt incorporates theemergency lock mode only.

WARNING• Do not install any child restraint

system in the front passengerseat. Should an accident occurand cause the passenger air bagto deploy, it could severely injureor kill an infant or child seated inan infant or child seat. Therefore,only use a child restraint systemin the rear seat of your vehicle.

• If the child restraint seat is notanchored properly, the risk of achild being seriously injured orkilled in a collision greatlyincreases.

WARNING• Before installing the child

restraint system, read the instruc-tions supplied by the childrestraint system manufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not operateas described, have the systemchecked immediately by yourauthorized Kia dealer.

• Failure to observe this manualinstructions regarding childrestraint system and the instruc-tions provided with the childrestraint system could increasethe chance and/or severity ofinjury in an accident.

Page 56: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

463

Placing a passenger safety beltinto the auto lock modeThe use of the auto lock mode willensure that the normal movement of thechild in the vehicle does not cause thesafety belt to be pulled out and loosenthe firmness of its hold on the childrestraint system. To secure a childrestraint system, use the following proce-dure.

Installing a child restraint system bylap/shoulder beltTo install a child restraint system on theoutboard or center rear seats, do the fol-lowing:1. Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the safety beltwebbing is not twisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

E2MS103005 E2BLD310

Page 57: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 47

Knowing your vehicle

3. Pull the shoulder portion of the safetybelt all the way out. When the shoulderportion of the safety belt is fullyextended, it will shift the retractor tothe “Auto Lock” (child restraint) mode.

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion ofthe safety belt to retract and listen foran audible “clicking” or “ratcheting”sound. This indicates that the retractoris in the “Auto Lock” mode. If no distinctsound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

5. Remove as much slack from the beltas possible by pushing down on thechild restraint system while feeding theshoulder belt back into the retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the safety belt isholding it firmly in place. If it is not,release the safety belt and repeatsteps 2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode by attempting topull more of the safety belt out of theretractor. If you cannot, the retractor isin the “Auto Lock” mode.

To remove the child restraint, press therelease button on the buckle and thenpull the lap/shoulder belt out of therestraint and allow the safety belt toretract fully.

MMSA3028

"Click"

MMSA3029 MMSA3030

Page 58: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

483

✽✽ NOTICEWhen the safety belt is allowed toretract to its fully stowed position, theretractor will automatically switch fromthe “Auto Lock” mode to the emergencylock mode for normal adult usage.

Securing a child restraint seat with“Tether Anchor” systemChild restraint hook holders are locatedon the shelf behind the rear seats.1. Open the tether anchor cover on the

shelf behind the rear seats.

2. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable headrest,route the tether strap under the head-rest and between the headrest posts,otherwise route the tether strap overthe top of the seatback.

3. Connect the tether strap hook to thecorrect child restraint hook holder andtighten to secure the seat.

WARNING - Auto lockmode

The lap/shoulder belt automaticallyreturns to the “emergency lockmode” whenever the belt is allowedto retract fully. Therefore, the pre-ceding seven steps must be fol-lowed each time a child restraint isinstalled.If the safety belt is not placed in the“auto lock” mode, severe injury ordeath could occur to the childand/or other occupants in the vehi-cle in a collision, since the childrestraint will not be effectively heldin place.

6GHA2025 OGH036330N

Page 59: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 49

Knowing your vehicle

Child seat lower anchorsSome child seat manufacturers makechild restraint seats that are labeled asLATCH or LATCH compatible. LATCHstands for “Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children”. These seats include tworigid or webbing mounted attachmentsthat connect to two lower anchors and atether anchors at specific seating posi-tions in your vehicle. This type of childrestraint seat eliminates the need to useseat belts to attach the child seat in therear seats.

WARNING - Tether strapIf the tether strap is secured incor-rectly, the child restraint seat maynot be restrained properly in theevent of a collision. Do not mountmore than one child restraint seatto a tether anchorage, since theanchorage can then fail in a colli-sion.

2GHN2025A

WARNING - Child restraintCheck that the child restraint sys-tem is secure by pushing andpulling it in different directions.Incorrectly fitted child restraintsmay swing, twist, tip or come awaycausing death or injury.

WARNING - Child restraintanchorage

• Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses orfor attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached somewhereother than the correct tetheranchor.

Page 60: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

503

There is a child restraint symbol locatedon the lower portion of each side of therear seatbacks. These symbols indicatethe position of the lower anchors for childrestraints so equipped.

LATCH anchors have been provided inyour vehicle. The LATCH anchors arelocated in the left and right outboard rearseating positions. Their locations areshown in the illustration. There is noLATCH anchor provided for the centerrear seating position.The LATCH anchors are located betweenthe seatback and the seat cushion of therear seat left and right outboard seatingpositions.

Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH or LATCH-compatible attachments.Once you have installed the LATCH childrestraint, assure that the seat is properlyattached to the LATCH and tetheranchors. Also, test the child restraint seatbefore you place the child in it. Tilt theseat from side to side. Also try to tug theseat forward. Check to see if the anchorshold the seat in place.6GHA2127 2GHA2127/SBGQ03102

Page 61: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 51

Knowing your vehicle

WARNINGIf the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beingseriously injured or killed in a colli-sion greatly increases.

WARNINGWhen using the vehicle’s “LATCH”system to install a child restraintsystem in the rear seat, all unusedvehicle rear seat belt metal latchplates or tabs must be latchedsecurely in their seat belt bucklesand the seat belt webbing must beretracted behind the child restraintto prevent the child from reachingand taking hold of unretracted seatbelts. Unlatched metal latch platesor tabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to the childin the child restraint.

WARNING• Do not mount more than one

child restraint to a single tether orto a child restraint lower anchor-age point. The improperincreased load may cause theanchorage points or tetheranchor to break, causing seriousinjury or death.

• Do not install a child restraintseat at the rear center seatingposition using the vehicle’sLATCH anchors. The LATCHanchors are only provided for theleft and right outboard rear seat-ing positions. Do not misuse theLATCH anchors by attempting toattach a child restraint seat in themiddle rear seating position tothe LATCH anchors.In a crash, the child restraint seatLATCH attachments may not bestrong enough to secure the childrestraint seat improperly in therear center seating position andmay break, causing serious injuryor death.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Attach the LATCH or LATCH-com-

patible child restraint seat only tothe appropriate locations shownin the illustration.

• Always follow the installation anduse instructions provided by themanufacturer of the child restraint.

Page 62: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

523

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

➀ Driver’s air bag ➁ Front passenger’sair bag

➃ Curtain Air bag

➄ Front impactsensor

➆ SRS control module

➅ Side impact sensor

OGH026020N/OGH026021/OGH026257/1GHA2126/1GHA2127/2GHA2125/OGH026024/2GHA2128/OGH026023/1LDN2167/5GHN3001

➂ Side air bag

➈ Occupant classi-fication system

➇ Front seat positionsensor

Page 63: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 53

Knowing your vehicle

What your air bag system doesDriver’s air bag and front passenger’s airbag are designed to supplement the pro-tection offered by the safety belt in cer-tain frontal collisions. Likewise, side airbag and curtain air bags are designed tosupplement the protection offered by thesafety belt in side collisions. Safety beltsare designed to reduce the injury of thedriver or passengers in case of impact orcollision. No safety belt or air bag systemcan completely eliminate injuries thatmay be caused in collisions or impacts.To help reduce impact on driver or pas-sengers in any collision, safety beltsmust be correctly worn.

What your air bag system doesnot doThe air bag system is designed to sup-plement the protection offered by thesafety belt system. IT IS NOT A SUB-STITUTE FOR THE SAFETY BELT.

The importance of using safety beltsThere are four very important reasons touse safety belts even with an air bagsupplemental restraint system. They:• help keep you in the proper position

(away from the air bag) when it inflates.• reduce the risk of harm in rollover, side

impact (vehicles not equipped withside and curtain air bags) or rearimpact collisions, because an air bag isnot designed to inflate in such situa-tions and even a side curtain air bag isdesigned to inflate only in certain sideimpact collisions.

• reduce the risk of harm in frontal orside collisions which are not severeenough to actuate the air bag supple-mental restraint system.

• reduce the risk of being ejected fromyour vehicle.

Page 64: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

543

✽✽ NOTICEYour vehicle’s Supplemental RestraintSystem Control Module is equippedwith a recording device that may recordthe use or status of the safety beltrestraint system by the driver and frontpassenger in certain collisions.

WARNING - Air bags &safety belts

• Even in vehicles with air bags,you and your passengers mustalways wear the safety belts pro-vided in order to minimize the riskand severity of injury in the eventof a collision or rollover.

• Always wear your safety belt. Itcan help keep you away from theair bags during heavy brakingjust before a collision.

• If occupants are not wearing safe-ty belts or correctly seated, theycannot be protected, and thusface serious injury or death.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Driver’s and front passenger’s air

bags are designed to inflate onlyin certain frontal collision, andside and curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate in certain sideimpacts. Frontal air bags will gen-erally not provide protection inside impacts (vehicles notequipped with side and curtain airbags) or rear impacts, rollovers,less severe frontal collisions.They will not provide protectionfrom later impacts in a multi-impact collision.

(Continued)

Page 65: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 55

Knowing your vehicle

Air bag system components • The SRS air bag consists of the fol-

lowing components;1. Driver's air bag module2. Passenger's air bag module3. Side air bag module4. Curtain air bag module5. Front impact sensors6. Side impact sensors7. SRS air bag control module8. Driver's seat position sensor9. Occupant Classification System

(Front passenger's seat only)10. "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"

indicator (Front passenger's seatonly)

11. Driver's and front passenger'ssafety belt buckle sensors

12. Retractor Pre-tensionerAssemblies

13. SRS "AIR BAG" warning light• A diagnostic system that continually

monitors the system operation.• An indicator light to warn you of a pos-

sible problem with the system.• Emergency power backup in case your

car’s electrical system is disconnectedin a crash.

The SRS uses a collection of sensors togather information about the driver’s seatposition, the driver’s and front passen-ger’s safety belt usage and impact sever-ity.The driver’s seat position sensor, whichis installed on the seat track, determinesif the seat is fore or aft of a referenceposition. Similarly, the safety belt usagesensors determine if the driver and frontpassenger’s safety belts are fastened.These sensors provide the ability to con-trol the SRS deployment based on howclose the driver’s seat is to the steeringwheel, how close the passenger’s seat isto the instrument panel, whether or notthe safety belts are fastened, and theseverity of the impact.

(Continued)• If your vehicle has been subject-

ed to flood conditions (e.g.soaked carpeting/standing wateron the floor of the vehicle, etc.) orif your vehicle has become flooddamaged in any way, do notattempt to start the vehicle or putthe key in the ignition before dis-connecting the battery.Disregarding this precaution maycause air bag deployment, whichcould result in serious personalinjury or death. If your vehicle issubjected to flooded conditions,before starting the vehicle, havethe vehicle towed to an author-ized Kia dealer for inspection andnecessary repairs.

Page 66: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

563

The advanced SRS offers the ability tocontrol the air bag inflation with two lev-els. A first stage level is provided formoderate-severity impacts. A secondstage level is provided for more severeimpacts.According to the impact severity, seatingposition (only driver) and safety beltusage, the SRSCM (SRS ControlModule) controls the air bag inflation.Failure to properly wear safety beltscan increase the risk or severity ofinjury in an accident.Additionally, your SRS is equipped withan occupant classification system in thefront passenger’s seat. The occupantclassification system detects the pres-ence of a passenger in the front passen-ger’s seat and will turn off the front pas-senger’s air bag under certain conditions.For more detail, see “OccupantClassification System” later in this sec-tion.

CAUTIONIf the seat position sensor is notworking properly, the SRS air bagwarning light ( ) on the instru-ment panel will illuminate even ifthere is no malfunction of the SRSair bag system, because the SRS airbag warning light is connected withthe seat position sensor. If the SRSair bag warning light does not illu-minate when the ignition key isturned to the "ON" position, if itremains illuminated after blinkingfor approximately 6 seconds, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, have an authorizedKia dealer inspect the seat positionsensor and the advanced SRS airbag system as soon as possible.

AIRBAG

WARNING• Modification to the seat structure

can adversely affect the seatposition sensor and cause the airbag to deploy at a different levelthan should be provided.

• Failure to properly wear safetybelts can increase the risk orseverity of injury by causing theair bags to deploy at a differentlevel than should be provided.

• Do not place any objects under-neath the driver’s seats whichcould damage the seat positionsensor.

• Do not place any objects that maycause magnetic fields near thefront seat. These may cause amalfunction of the seat positionsensor.

Page 67: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 57

Knowing your vehicle

Driver’s air bagThe driver’s air bag is stored in the cen-ter of the steering wheel.

HLZ206

OGH026021

WARNING• Ignoring the SRS indicator light

(air bag indicator and passengerair bag off indicator) can result inserious or fatal injury if the airbags occupant classification sys-tem or pretensioners do not workproperly. Have your car checkedby a dealer as soon as possible ifthe SRS warning light alerts youto a potential problem.

• Sitting improperly or out of posi-tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright in their seatswith their feet on the floor untilthe vehicle is parked and the igni-tion key is removed.

WARNING• You must always sit as far back

from the steering wheel air bag aspossible (chest at least 250 mm(10 inches) away from the steer-ing wheel), while still maintaininga comfortable seating position forgood vehicle control, in order toreduce the risk of injury or deathin a collision.

• Never place objects over the airbag storage compartments orbetween the air bags and your-self. Due to the speed and force ofthe air bag inflation, such objectscould hit your body at high speedand cause severe bodily injuryand even death.

• Do not put stickers or ornamentson the steering wheel cover.These may interfere with thedeployment of the air bag.

Page 68: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

583

Front passenger’s air bagFront passenger’s air bag is stored in theinstrument panel on the glove box.Since you cannot know which air bagswill deploy or from what direction, neverput any objects or ornaments on theinstrument panel.

Occupant classification systemThe occupant classification systemdetects the presence of a passenger inthe front passenger's seat and will turn offthe front passenger's air bag under cer-tain conditions.The occupant classification system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated occupant and determineif the front passenger's air bag should beenabled (may inflate) or not.

Main components of occupant classi-fication system• A detection device located within the

front passenger seat cushion.• Electronic system to determine

whether passenger air bag systems(both front passenger’s front and sideair bag only) should be activated ordeactivated.

• A warning light located on the instru-ment panel which illuminates thewords "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"passenger air bag system is deactivat-ed.

• The instrument panel air bag warninglight is interconnected with the occu-pant classification system.

5GHN3001

0GH026257

HLZ2121

Page 69: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 59

Knowing your vehicle

If there is no passenger in the front pas-senger seat or if the passenger in thefront passenger's seat is very small,(such as a child), the front PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF indicator may go ON.When this indicator is ON, the front pas-senger's air bag will not deploy.The front passenger’s side air bag willnot deploy if the front seat is unoccupied.The front passenger’s side air bag maydeploy if the front seat is occupied by asmall occupant.

Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrainedproperly (sitting upright with the seat inan upright position, centered on the seatcushion, with the person's legs comfort-ably extended, feet on the floor, andwearing the safety belt properly) for themost effective protection by the air bagand the safety belt.• The OCS may not function properly if

the passenger takes actions which candefeat the detection system. Theseinclude:

(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.(2) Leaning against the door or center

console.(3) Sitting towards the sides or the front

of the seat.(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or rest-

ing them on other locations whichreduce the passenger weight on thefront seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safety belt.(6) Reclining the seat back.

• The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator illuminates after the ignitionkey is turned to the "ON" position orafter the engine is started. If the frontpassenger seat is unoccupied or isoccupied by very small person, or isoccupied by someone who is improp-erly seated, the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator will remain illumi-nated. If the front passenger seat isoccupied by someone of adult size andbody shape, the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator will turn off after 6seconds.

• If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator illuminates, the front passen-ger's air bag will not deploy.The front passenger’s side air bag willnot deploy if the front seat is unoccu-pied.The front passenger’s side air bag maydeploy if the front seat is occupied by asmall occupant.

• If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator is not illuminated, the frontpassenger front air bag and front pas-senger side air bag may deploy ineither a side or frontal collision.

OGH036367N

The location of OCS warning indicator

Page 70: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

603

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system

Condition detected bythe occupant classifi-

cation system

1. Adult *1

2. Child*2 or child

restraint system

3. Unoccupied

Off

On

On

Off

Off

Off

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

"PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator

light

AIR BAG warning light

Front passenger front air bag

Indicator/Warning light Device

*1 The system detects a person who is generally adult size as an adult, thus allowing the pas-senger air bag to deploy. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the systemmay detect their body shape as that of a child, thus preventing air bag deployment.

*2 When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat,the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending on his/her body shape or seatingposition, thus permitting air bag deployment.

CAUTIONIf the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator illuminates or blinks continu-ously when a person of adult size sits in the front passenger's seat, it couldbe because that person isn't sitting properly in the seat. If this happens, turnthe vehicle off, make sure the seat back is not reclined, have the passengercenter on the seat cushion, with legs comfortably extended, and the safetybelt properly positioned. Restart the vehicle and have the person remain inthis position long enough to allow the system to detect the person and acti-vate the passenger air bag.

CAUTIONIf the occupant classification sys-tem is not working properly, the airbag warning light ( ) on theinstrument panel will illuminatebecause the passenger’s air bag isconnected with the occupant clas-sification system. If there is a mal-function of the occupant classifica-tion system, the "Passenger Air bagOff" indicator will not illuminate andthe front passenger's air bag willdeploy in frontal crashes even ifthere is child or no occupant in thefront passenger's seat.Have an authorized Kia dealerinspect the occupant classificationsystem with the SRS air bag systemas soon as possible if any of follow-ing occur;• The SRS air bag warning light

does not illuminate when the igni-tion key is turned to "ON" posi-tion.

(Continued)

AIRBAG

Page 71: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 61

Knowing your vehicle

WARNING• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupant clas-sification system, do not install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger seat. The child couldbe severely injured or killed if theair bag deploys. Children areafforded the most protection inthe event of an accident whenthey are restrained by the properrestraint system in the rear seat.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG

OFF" indicator is illuminatedwhen the front passenger's seatis occupied by a person of adultsize who is seated properly, or ifthe "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator" is not illuminated whenthe front passenger's seat isunoccupied or occupied by a verysmall person, the occupant clas-sification system is not workingproperly. Have your vehicle imme-diately inspected by your Kiadealer if the occupant classifica-tion system is not working prop-erly.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If a low weight adult is seated in

the front passenger seat, theoccupant classification systemmay or may not turn off the rightfront passenger air bag, depend-ing upon the person's seatingposition and body type. Everyonein your vehicle should wear asafety belt properly -- whether ornot there is an air bag for that per-son.

• If the front seat passengerchanges their seating position(for example, by not sittingupright, by sitting on the edge ofthe seat, or by otherwise beingout of position), the "PASSEN-GER AIR BAG OFF" indicator maybe turned on, and the passengerair bag may not deploy in a colli-sion. Always be sure to sit prop-erly in the front passenger seatand wear the safety belt properlyand do not do any of the follow-ing.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The SRS air bag warning light

remains illuminated after illumi-nating or blinking for approxi-mately 6 seconds.

• The SRS air bag warning light illu-minates while the vehicle is beingdriven.

Page 72: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

623

1KMN3663

1KMN3664

1KMN3665

1KMN3666

- Never sit with hips shiftedtowards the front of the seat.

- Never lean on the center con-sole.

- Never sit on one side of the frontpassenger seat.

- Always sit in a proper seatingposition.

- Never place feet on the dash-board.

(Continued)

1KMN3661

1KMN3662

- Never put a heavy load in thefront passenger seat.

- Never excessively recline thefront passenger seatback.

(Continued)

Page 73: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 63

Knowing your vehicle

✽✽ NOTICE• If luggage or other objects are placed

on the front passenger's seat or if thetemperature of the seat changes whilethe seat is unoccupied, the "PASSEN-GER AIR BAG OFF" indicator mayblink. These conditions do not indi-cate a problem.

• Do not put heavy objects on the frontpassenger's seat. This may cause frontpassenger air bag deployment in theevent of an accident, thus increasingyour repair costs.

WARNING• The front seat passenger air bag

is much larger than the steeringwheel air bag and inflates withconsiderably more force. It canseriously hurt or kill a passengerwho is not in the proper positionand wearing the safety belt prop-erly. The front passengers shouldalways move their seats as farback as practical and sit back intheir seats.

• It is essential that the front pas-senger always wears their safetybelts, even when the vehicle ismoving in a parking lot or up adriveway into garage.

• If the driver brakes the vehicleheavily prior to an impact, unbelt-ed occupants will be thrown for-ward. If the front passenger is notwearing a safety belt, he/she willbe directly in front of the storagecompartment when deploymentoccurs. In that situation, seriousinjury or death is possible.

(Continued)

(Continued) • Do not modify or replace the front

passenger seat. This will disablethe OCS unless a proper Kiareplacement seat is used.

• Do not place sharp objects on thefront passenger seat. These candamage the occupant classifica-tion system, if they puncture theseat cushion.

• Do not install accessory seat cov-ers on the front seats, since thesewill interfere with proper sensoroperation.

Page 74: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

643

Side air bagSide air bags are stored in the left side ofthe driver’s seat, right side of the frontpassenger’s seat and left and right sidesof the rear seats.Side air bags are designed to deploy onlyduring certain side impact collisionsdepending on the crash severity, angle,speed and impact. The side air bags arenot designed to deploy in all side impactsituations.

WARNING• Do not use any accessory seat

covers for the vehicle equippedwith side air bags.Use of seat covers could interferewith side air bag deployment.If seat or seat cover is damaged,have the vehicle checked andrepaired by an authorized Kiadealer. Inform them that yourvehicle is equipped with side airbags and an occupant detectionsystem.

• Do not make modifications oradditions to the seats. If inappro-priate seats are used, unexpectedinjury may result in due to themalfunction of the air bag sys-tem.2GHA2125B

1GHA2126/1GHA2127

(Continued)• Never allow front passenger to

put their hands, feet or face on orclose to the instrument panel. Inthe event of air bag deployment,such a mispositioned occupantwould be likely to suffer severeinjury or death.

• Never allow children, pregnantwomen or frail persons to sit inthe front passenger seat. Do notput child restraint system on thefront passenger's seat either.They may be seriously injured bythe air bag inflation when air bagdeploys.

• Do not put objects or stickers onthe instrument panel. Do notapply any accessory to the frontwindshield. Do not install after-market mirrors or accessories onthe factory-installed rearview mir-ror. Any of these could interferewith the deployment of the air bagor could hit your body at highspeed and cause severe bodilyinjury and even death.

Page 75: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 65

Knowing your vehicle

Curtain air bagCurtain air bags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors.It is designed to help protect the heads ofthe front seat occupants and the rear out-board seat occupants in certain sideimpact collisions.

• The curtain air bag deployment occursonly on the side of the vehicle affectedby the impact.

• The side air bags (side and curtain airbags) are not designed to deploy dur-ing collisions from the front or rear ofthe vehicle or in most rollover situa-tions.

• The curtain air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side-impactcollisions, depending on the crashseverity, angle, speed and impact. Thecurtain air bags are not designed todeploy in all side impact situations.

WARNING• In order for side air bags (side

and curtain air bags) to providebest protection, both front seatoccupants and both outboardrear occupants should sit in anupright position with the seatbelts properly fastened.Importantly, children should sit ina proper child restraint system inthe rear seat.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When children are seated in the

rear outboard seats, they must beseated in the proper childrestraint system. Make sure to putthe child restraint system as faraway from the door side as possi-ble, and securely lock the childrestraint system in position.

• Do not allow the passengers tolean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and passen-gers when they are seated onseats equipped with side airbags.

• Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side curtainair bag system. This should onlybe done by an authorized Kiadealer.

Failure to follow the above men-tioned instructions can result ininjury or death to the vehicle occu-pants in an accident.

2GHA2125

2GHA2125A

Page 76: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

663

Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditionsof the air bag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not be expectedto provide additional protection.These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impact acci-dents, as well as low speed impacts. Inother words, just because your vehicle isdamaged and even if it is totally unus-able, don’t be surprised that the air bagsdid not inflate.

Air bag collision sensors➀ SRS control module➁ Front impact sensor

➂ Side impact sensor

OGH026025/OGH026023/OGH026024/1GHA2128

➀ ➁ ➂

Page 77: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 67

Knowing your vehicle

Air bag inflation conditionFront air bag Front air bags (driver’s and front passen-ger’s air bags) are designed to inflatewhen the impact is delivered to front col-lision sensors depending on the intensity,speed or angles of impact of the frontcollision.

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where air bagor sensors are installed.This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should,causing severe injury or death.Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized Kia dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changeddue to the deformation of frontbumper, body or B pillar whereside collision sensors areinstalled. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized Kia dealer.

• Your vehicle has been designedto absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing aftermarket bumperguards or replacing a bumperwith non-genuine parts mayadversely affect your vehiclescollision and air bag deploymentperformance.

1GHA2271

Page 78: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

683

Side air bag (if equipped)Side air bags (side and/or curtain airbags) are designed to inflate when animpact is detected by side collision sen-sors depending on the strength, speed orangles of impact, collision or rollover.

Although the front air bags (driver’s andfront passenger’s air bags) are designedto inflate only in frontal collision, it mayinflate in any collision if front impact sen-sors detect a sufficient impact. Side airbags (side and/or curtain air bags) aredesigned to inflate only in side impactcollision, it may inflate in any collision ifside impact sensors detect a sufficientimpact.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roadsor sidewalks, air bags may deploy. Drivecarefully on unimproved roads or on sur-faces not designed for vehicle traffic toprevent unintended air bag deployment.To protect occupants, front air bags orpre-tensioner seat belts may deploy incertain side impact collisions.

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause the risk of injuries which canbe caused by the air bags exceeds thebenefits they provide in protectingoccupants.

AIR19B

2GHA2125A

1GHA2272

Page 79: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 69

Knowing your vehicle

• Frontal air bags are not designed toinflate in rear collisions, because occu-pants are moved backward by theforce of the impact. In this case, the airbags do not provide proper protection.

• Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collision, because occupantsmove to the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, frontal air bagdeployment does not provide occupantprotection.However, side or curtain air bags mayinflate depending on the intensity, vehi-cle speed and angles of impact.

• In a slant or angled collision, the forceof impact may direct the occupants in adirection between the front and side airbags, and thus the sensors may notdeploy any air bags.

1GHA2273 AIR19A 1GHA2270

Page 80: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

703

• Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to“ride” under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be signifi-cantly altered by such “under-ride” col-lisions.

• Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci-dents because air bag deploymentwould not provide proper protection tothe occupants.However, side air bags may inflatewhen the vehicle is rolled over by aside impact collision, if the vehicle isequipped with side air bags and cur-tain air bags.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated to one area andthe full force of the impact is not ade-quately delivered to the sensors.

1GHA2274 AIR21 1GHA2275

Page 81: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 71

Knowing your vehicle

How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bag only operates when the ignition

switch is turned to the ON or STARTpositions.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofserious frontal or side collision (ifequipped with side air bag or curtainair bag) in order to help protect theoccupants from serious physical injury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate by the severity of a collision andits direction. These two factors deter-mine whether the sensors send out anelectronic deployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and the densi-ty and stiffness of the vehicles orobjects which your vehicle hits in thecollision. However, factors are not limit-ed to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly. The speed of air baginflation is a consequence of theextremely short time in which a collisionoccurs and the need to get the air bagbetween the occupant and the vehiclestructures before the occupant impactsthose structures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe collisionand is thus a necessary part of air bagdesign.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which normally caninclude facial abrasions, bruises andbroken bones, and sometimes moreserious injuries because that inflationspeed also causes the air bags toexpand with a great deal force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the steer-ing wheel air bag can cause fatalinjuries, especially if the occupantis positioned excessively close tothe steering wheel.

Page 82: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

723

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest to both the safety belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. We strongly urgeyou to open your doors and/or win-dows as soon as possible after impactin order to reduce discomfort and pre-vent prolonged exposure to thesmoke and powder.Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with the cold waterimmediately and consult the doctor if thesymptom persists.

WARNING - Seated positioning

• Driver should sit as far back (atleast 250 mm (10 inches)) awayfrom the steering wheel air bag aspossible to reduce the risk ofinjury or death in a collision. Thefront passenger should alwaysmove their seat as far back aspossible and sit back in theirseat.

• In the event of a collision the airbags inflate instantly. Passengersmay be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not inproper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries which normally includefacial or bodily abrasions, injuriesby the broken glasses or burns bythe explosives.

WARNINGWhen the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in steering wheeland/or instrument panel and/or inboth sides of the roof rails abovethe front and rear doors are veryhot. To prevent injury, do not touchthe air bag storage areas internalcomponents immediately after anair bag has inflated.

Page 83: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 73

Knowing your vehicle

Installing a child restraint on afront passenger’s seat is forbid-den.Never place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger’s seat. If the airbag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-ing child restraint, causing serious orfatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facingchild restraint in the front passenger’sseat either. If the front passenger air baginflates, it would cause serious or fatalinjuries to the improperly positioned orimproperly restrained child.

Air bag warning lightThe purpose of the air bag warning light inyour instrument panel is to alert you of apotential problem with your air bag -Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).When the ignition switch is turned ON,the indicator light should blink or illumi-nate for approximately 6 seconds, thengo off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after the engine

starts.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.

ADAIRBAG

AIRBAG

WARNING• Never put child restraint in the

front passenger’s seat. If the frontpassenger air bag inflates, itwould cause serious or fatalinjuries.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats in which sideair bags are equipped, be sure toput the child restraint system asfar away from the door side aspossible, and securely lock thechild restraint system in position.Inflation of side or curtain air bagcould cause serious injury ordeath due to the expansionimpact.

Page 84: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

743

Air bag (Supplemental RestraintSystem) service Your Supplemental Restraint System isvirtually maintenance-free. There are noparts which you can service.You must have the system servicedunder the following circumstances:• If an air bag ever inflates, the air bag

must be replaced. Do not try to removeor discard the air bag by yourself. Thismust be done by an authorized Kiadealer.

• If the air bag warning indicator lightalerts you to a problem, have the airbag system checked as soon as possi-ble. Otherwise, your air bag systemmay be ineffective.

When repairing or scrapping thevehicles • Repairing steering wheel, instrument

panel, center console or roofs, orinstalling car audio around center con-sole or painting front metal sheet coulddisable the air bag system. Have themchecked by an authorized Kia dealer.

• When leaving the vehicle at an author-ized Kia dealer, inform the facility thatthe vehicle is equipped with an air bagsystem, and leave the owner’s manualin the vehicle.

• Since the air bag system containsexplosive chemical substances, con-tact an authorized Kia dealer whenscrapping the vehicle.

WARNING - No mainte-nance or repair

• Do not modify your steeringwheel, seat or any other part ofthe Supplemental RestraintSystem. Modification could makethe system inoperable.

• Do not work on the system’s com-ponents or wiring. This couldcause the air bags to inflate inad-vertently, possibly seriously injur-ing someone.Working on the sys-tem could also disable the sys-tem so that the air bags would notdeploy in a collision.

• Any work on the SRS system,such as removing, installing,repairing, or any work on thesteering wheel must be per-formed by a qualified Kia techni-cian. Improper handling of the airbag system may result in seriouspersonal injury or death.

CAUTION - No modifica-tion

Do not modify any part of the airbag system. Modification couldmake the air bag system ineffectiveor could cause unnecessarydeployment.

Page 85: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 75

Knowing your vehicle

Air bag warning labelAir bag warning labels which are now required by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (CMVSS) are attached to alert driv-er and passengers of potential risk of air bag system.Note that these government warnings focus on the risk to children, Kia also wants you to be aware of the risks which adults areexposed to. Those have been described in previous pages.

OGH026026N/5GHN2206/OGH36602N/1GHA2131/OGH036375N

➂ ➃ (if equipped)➁ (if equipped)

Page 86: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

763

Outside the vehicle• To open the trunk, insert the key into

the lock (➀ ) and turn it clockwise (➁ ).If the trunk is opened with the key whileall the doors are locked, trunk will belocked if closed.

• To open the trunk, pull up (➃ ) the trunklid by pressing the button (➂ ) of thetrunk handle when the trunk isunlocked. Trunk can be opened bypressing the button (➂ ) of the handleand pulling up the lid while any door isunlocked.

• To close the trunk, use both hands topush the trunk lid down. Check to seeif the trunk is completely shut. If all thedoors are locked then the trunk will belocked too.

• If the trunk lid control button in theglove box is in the ON position(depressed), the trunk can be openedwith a transmitter.

• If the trunk is opened with the transmit-ter while all the doors are locked, thetrunk will be locked when closed.

• Trunk cannot be opened with the subkey.

TRUNK

OGH026007

PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide varietyof automobile components andparts, including components foundin the interior furnishings in a vehi-cle, contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects andreproductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of componentwear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm.

CAUTION Do not try to open the trunk with thesub key. It may damage the key set.

Page 87: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 77

Knowing your vehicle

Trunk room lampTrunk room lamp turns on when the trunkis opened. It remains on until the trunk issecurely closed.

Inside the vehicleTo open the trunk from inside the vehicle,make sure the trunk lid control button inthe glove box is ON, then pull the trunklid release switch (➀ ) on the driver’s doorpanel.If the trunk lid control button in the glovebox is OFF, the trunk can only be openedwith the vehicle master key.

WARNING - Exhaustfumes

If you drive with the trunk lid open,you will draw dangerous exhaustfumes into your vehicle causingserious injury or death to vehicleoccupants. Open trunk lids canalso dangerously obscure rear viewvision.If you must drive with the trunk lidopen, keep the air vents open sothat additional outside air comesinto the vehicle.

1GHA2018

CAUTION Make sure to close the trunksecurely. If it remains open whilethe engine is not running, it maycause battery discharge becausethe trunk room lamp remains on.

1GHA2019

Page 88: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

783

Emergency trunk safety releaseYour vehicle is equipped with an emer-gency trunk release cable located insidethe trunk. The lever glows in the darkwhen the trunk lid is closed. If someoneis inadvertently locked in the trunk, mov-ing the handle in the direction of thearrow will release the trunk latch mecha-nism and open the trunk.

OGH026009

WARNINGNo one should be allowed to occu-py the trunk of the vehicle at anytime. If the trunk is partially or total-ly latched and the person is unableto get out, severe injury or deathcould occur due to lack of ventila-tion, exhaust fumes and rapid heatbuild-up, or because of exposure tocold weather conditions. The trunkis also a highly dangerous locationin the event of a crash because it isnot a protected occupant space butmerely a part of the vehicle’s crushzone.

WARNING• If a person is locked in the trunk,

they can pull the emergencyrelease to open the trunk lid.

• We recommend that cars be keptlocked and keys be kept out ofthe reach of children, and thatparents teach their children aboutthe dangers of playing in trunks.

Page 89: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 79

Knowing your vehicle

Trunk lock systemThe trunk lid control button located in thevehicle glove box is used to preventunauthorized access to the trunk.

Trunk lockingTo activate the trunk lock system so thatthe trunk can only be opened with themaster key, perform the following:1. Open the glove box.2. Set the trunk lid control button to OFF

position (not depressed).3. Close the glove box and lock the glove

box with the master key.

When leaving the key with a parking lotattendant or valet, perform steps 1 to 3above and leave the sub key with theattendent. Sub key can start the engineand operate door locks only.

Lock releaseTo release the trunk lock feature, openthe glove box with the master key and setthe trunk lid control button to ON position(depressed). In this position the trunk willopen with the trunk lid release switch ortransmitter. The trunk can never beopened with the sub key.

1GHA2004

Page 90: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

803

Opening the hood:1. Pull the release lever on the lower left

side of the instrument panel to unlatchthe hood. The hood should pop openslightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, slightlyraise the hood, pull (➁ ) the secondarylatch (➀ ) inside of the hood center andlift the hood.

3. Raise the hood. It will raise completelyby itself after it has been raised abouthalfway.

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-

lowing:• All filler caps in engine compartment

must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Lower the hood halfway and pushdown to securely lock in place. Makesure the hood is properly locked beforedriving.

HOOD

1GHA2023 OGH026011

WARNING• Before closing the hood, make

sure that all engine parts andtools have been removed fromthe engine area and that no one’shands are near the hood opening.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

Page 91: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 81

Knowing your vehicle

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the

release button located on the driver’slower door.

3. Pull the fuel filler lid out to open.4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel tank

cap counter-clockwise.5. Refuel as needed.6. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap issecurely tightened.

7. Close the fuel filler lid and push it light-ly and make sure that it is securelyclosed.

FUEL FILLER LID

1GHA2021 OCM052015

WARNINGTo avoid injury from sharp objects,wear protective gloves when open-ing the fuel filler door manually.

WARNING - RefuelingIf pressurized fuel sprays out, it cancause serious injuries. Alwaysremove the fuel cap carefully andslowly. If the cap is venting fuel or ifyou hear a hissing sound, wait untilthe condition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

Page 92: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

823

WARNINGAutomotive fuels are flammable/explosive materials. When refuel-ing, please note the followingguidelines carefully. Failure to fol-low these guidelines may result insevere personal injury, severeburns or death by fire or explosion.• Before refueling always note the

location of the EmergencyGasoline Shut-Off, if available, atthe gas station facility.Note and follow all safety precau-tions and warning posted at thefacility.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle orfuel filler cap, you should elimi-nate potentially dangerous staticelectricity discharge by touchinganother metal part of the front ofthe vehicle, a safe distance awayfrom the fuel filler neck, nozzle, orother gas source.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refueling.Do not touch, rub or slide againstany item or fabric (polyester,satin, nylon, etc.) capable of pro-ducing static electricity. Staticelectricity discharge can ignitefuel vapors resulting in explo-sion. If you must re-enter thevehicle, you should once againeliminate potentially dangerousstatic electricity discharge bytouching a metal part of the vehi-cle, away from the fuel filler neck,nozzle or other gasoline source.

• When using a portable fuel con-tainer be sure to place the contain-er on the ground prior to refueling.Static electricity discharge fromthe container can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling hasbegun, contact with the vehicleshould be maintained until the fill-ing is complete. Use only portablefuel containers designed to carryand store gasoline.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not use cellular phones

around a gas station or whilerefueling any vehicle. Electriccurrent and/or electronic interfer-ence from cellular phones canpotentially ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. If you must useyour cellular phone use it in aplace away from the gas station.

• When refueling always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Always insure thatthe engine is OFF before and dur-ing refueling. Once refueling iscomplete, check to make sure thefuel filler cap and door aresecurely closed, before startingthe engine.

(Continued)

Page 93: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 83

Knowing your vehicle

When fuel filler lid does not openwith the release button1. Open the trunk.2. Pull the emergency hook for fuel filler

lid inside the trunk.

OGH026010

(Continued)• Do not light any fire around a gas

station. DO NOT use matches or alighter and DO NOT SMOKE orleave a lit cigarette in your vehiclewhile at a gas station especiallyduring refueling. Automotive fuelis highly flammable and can,when ignited, result in explosionby flames.

• If a fire breaks out during refuel-ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-cle, and immediately contact themanager of the gas station orcontact the police and local firedepartment. Follow any safetyinstructions they provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel with gasoline

(unleaded fuel) only for the gaso-line engine vehicles.

• Check to make sure the fuel fillercap is securely closed after refu-eling.

• If the fuel filler cap requiresreplacement, use only a genuineKia cap or the equivalent speci-fied for your vehicle. An incorrectfuel filler cap can result in a seri-ous malfunction of the fuel sys-tem or emission control system.Correct replacement caps areavailable at authorized Kia deal-ers.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted surfacesmay damage the paint.

• A loose fuel filler cap may causethe “Check Engine” (MalfunctionIndicator) light in the instrumentpanel to illuminate unnecessarily.

• If the fuel filler lid will not open incold weather because the areaaround it is frozen, push or lightlytap the lid.

Page 94: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

843

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles beforedriving.

The electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of theleft and right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror, movethe lever (➀ ) to R or L to select the rightside mirror or the left side mirror, thenpress a corresponding point (▲) on themirror adjustment control to position theselected mirror up, down, left or right.After adjustment, put the lever intoneutral position to prevent inadver-tent adjustment.

MIRRORS

2GHA2205

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictmovement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with very warmwater.

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switch isdepressed. Do not depress theswitch longer than necessary, themotor may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hands.Doing so may damage the parts.

WARNING• The right outside rearview mirror

is convex. Objects seen in themirror are closer than theyappear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror direct observation to deter-mine the actual distance of fol-lowing vehicles when changinglanes.

Page 95: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 85

Knowing your vehicle

Automatic mirror adjustment inreverse maneuvers (if equipped)When the transaxle gear is shifted intoreverse (R), the outside rearview mir-ror(s) will automatically be turned down-ward about 5 degrees to improve drivervisibility. It will stay in that position untilthe transaxle shift lever is shifted out ofreverse (R).L : Both the left and right outside

rearview mirrors will be turneddownward about 5 degrees.

R : Only the right outside rearviewmirror will be turned downwardabout 5 degrees.

Center : Automatic mirror adjustmentfunction is disabled, no mirrorwill be turned downward.

The outside rearview mirror(s) will returnto its previous position automatically ifoutside rearview mirror selection switchis changed to another position, ortransaxle shift lever is shifted out ofreverse (R).

(Examples) If the shift lever is shifted into reverse (R)when the outside rearview mirror selec-tion switch is in L, both the right and leftoutside rearview mirrors will automatical-ly be turned down 5 degreesIf the outside rearview mirror selectionswitch is set to R while shift lever is inreverse (R), the left outside rearview mir-ror will return to its previous position. Theright outside rearview mirror will notreturn to it’s previous position.If the shift lever is shifted into any otherrange OR the outside rearview mirrorselection switch is set to the center, theright outside rearview mirror will auto-matically return to its original position.

Folding the outside rearview mirrorManual typeTo fold the outside rearview mirror, graspthe housing of the mirror and then fold ittoward the rear of the vehicle.

OGH026031N

Center

E1V2B03032

Page 96: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

863

Outside rearview mirror heater (if equipped) The outside rearview mirror heater isactuated in connection with the rear win-dow defroster. To heat the outsiderearview mirror glass, push the button forthe rear window defroster.The outside rearview mirror glass will beheated for defrosting or defogging andwill give you improved rear vision ininclement weather conditions. Push thebutton again to turn the heater off. Theoutside rearview mirror heater automati-cally turns off after 20 minutes.

Day/night rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror to the centeron the view through the rear window.Make this adjustment before you startdriving.

Manual type Make this adjustment before you startdriving and while the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights of vehi-cles behind you during night driving.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

WARNINGDo not place objects in the rear seator cargo area which would interferewith your vision out the rear win-dow. 2GHA2203

Day Night

Day/Night lever

Page 97: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 87

Knowing your vehicle

Electric type (if equipped)The electric rearview mirror automatical-ly controls the glare from the headlightsof the car behind you in nighttime or lowlight driving conditions. The sensormounted in the mirror senses the lightlevel around the vehicle, and through achemical reaction, automatically controlsthe headlight glare from vehicles behindyou.When the engine is running, the glare isautomatically controlled by the sensormounted in the rearview mirror.Whenever the shift lever is shifted intoreverse (R), the mirror will automaticallygo to the brightest setting in order toimprove the drivers view behind the vehi-cle.

• Type A (if equipped)Press the button (➀ ) to turn the automat-ic- dimming function on, the mirror indi-cator light will illuminate.Press the button (➀ ) once again to turnthe automatic- dimming function off. Themirror indicator light will turn off.

• Type B (if equipped)Press the “O” button to turn the automat-ic- dimming function off. The mirror indi-cator light will turn off.Press the “I” button to turn the automatic-dimming function on, the mirror indicatorlight will illuminate.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen cleaning the mirror, use a papertowel or similar material dampenedwith glass cleaner. Do not spray glasscleaner directly on the mirror as thatmay cause the liquid cleaner to enter themirror housing.

2GHA2204A

Sensor➀

Indicator

2GHN3310

Page 98: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

883

Map light Front (if equipped)The lights are turned ON or OFF bypressing the corresponding switch.

Dome light (if equipped)➀ OFF - The light stays off even when a

door is open.➁ DOOR - The light turns on when a door

is opened or when a door isunlocked by the transmitter (ifequipped). Interior light goesout slowly after 30 seconds ifthe door is closed. However ifthe ignition switch is ON or allvehicle doors are locked whenthe door is closed, interior lightwill turn off even within 30 sec-onds.

➂ ON - The light turns on and stays oneven when the doors are allclosed.

Door courtesy lamp The door courtesy lamp comes ON whenthe door is opened to assist entering orexiting the vehicle. It also serves as awarning to passing vehicles that thevehicle door is open.

INTERIOR LIGHTS

2GHA2060

OFF DOOR ON

E2BLA324 2GHB3004

Page 99: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 89

Knowing your vehicle

✽✽ NOTICE• To avoid possible theft, do not leave

valuables in the storage compartment.• Since stored items may move while

driving, be sure to position them inthe storage compartment so that theydo not make noise or cause a potentialsafety hazard when the vehicle is mov-ing.

• Always keep the storage compartmentcovers closed while driving. Do notattempt to place many items in thestorage compartment that the storagecompartment cover cannot closesecurely.

Center console storageTo open either of the console storagecompartments, press button ➀ or ➁ .These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror front passenger.

Multi boxRear (if equipped)To open the storage compartment, pullthe armrest down and pull up on the lock-ing tab (➀ ). It can be used for storingsmall items.

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS

WARNINGDo not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the vehi-cle. These items may catch fireand/or explode if the vehicle isexposed to hot temperatures forextended periods.

OGH036376N 1GHA2234A

➀➁

Page 100: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

903

Glove boxThe glove box can be locked (➀ ) andunlocked (➁ ) with a master key.It cannot be locked/unlocked with the subkey.To open the glove box, make sure it isunlocked, then pull the handle (➂ ) andthe glove box will automatically open(➃ ). Close the glove box after use.

✽✽ NOTICESince key is not fully inserted into theglove box key set, do not apply excessiveforce. Doing so may damage the parts.

Sunglass holder A sunglass storage compartment is pro-vided on the overhead console. To openthe sunglass holder, press the cover andthe holder will slowly open. Place yoursunglasses in the compartment door withthe lenses facing out. Push to close.

✽✽ NOTICEMake sure the sunglass holder is closedwhile driving.

OGH026087

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of injury in caseof an accident or sudden stop,always keep the glove box doorclosed while driving. 2GHA2060B

Page 101: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 91

Knowing your vehicle

Cigarette lighterFrontTo use the cigarette lighter, press thefront face then release it to allow the cig-arette lighter and ashtray to slowlyextend from the center panel.To operate the cigarette lighter, press it inand release it. When it is heated, it auto-matically pops out ready for use.If the engine is not running, the ignitionswitch must be in the ACC position forthe lighter to operate.

Ashtrays Front To use the ashtray, press the front faceand release it to allow the cigarettelighter and ashtray to slowly extend fromthe center panel.To remove the ashtray, grasp the ashtraybucket (➀ ) and carefully pull it out.

INTERIOR FEATURES

OGH026079N OGH026081N

CAUTION• Do not hold the lighter in after it is

already heated because it willoverheat.

• Only a genuine Kia lighter shouldbe used in the cigarette lightersocket. The use of plug-in acces-sories (shavers, hand-held vacu-ums, and coffee pots, for exam-ple) may damage the socket orcause electrical failure.

• If the lighter does not pop outwithin 30 seconds, remove it toprevent overheating.

Page 102: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

923

Cup holderCups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

FrontTo open the cup holder cover, press thecover and it will automatically open. Pushthe cover to close after use.

WARNING - Ashtray use• Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays

as waste receptacles.• Putting lit cigarettes or matches

in an ashtray with other com-bustible materials may cause afire.

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups of

hot liquid in the cup holder whilethe vehicle is in motion. If the hotliquid spills, you could be burned.Such a burn to the driver couldcause a loss of control of thevehicle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of sudden stopor collision, do not place uncov-ered or insecure bottles, glasses,cans, etc., in the cup holder whilethe vehicle is in motion.

OGH026083

Page 103: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 93

Knowing your vehicle

RearTo use cup holders in rear seat, pulldown the rear seat armrest.

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.To use a sunvisor for a side window, pullit downward, unsnap it from the bracket(➀ ) and swing it to the side.To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and pull up the mirror cover (➁ ).Pull the extension panel (➂ ) of the sunvi-sor to lengthen the sunvisor.

OGH026090 2GHN482

CAUTIONDo not place heavy cups or cans incup holders. Cup holders could bedamaged.

CAUTIONClose the vanity mirror coversecurely and return the sunvisor toits original position after use. If thevanity mirror is not closed securely,the lamp will stay on and couldresult in battery discharge and pos-sible sunvisor damage.

Page 104: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

943

Power outlet (if equipped)The power outlets are designed to pro-vide power for mobile telephones orother devices designed to operate withvehicle electrical systems. The devicesshould draw less than 10 amps with theengine running.

✽✽ NOTICE• Use when the engine is running and

remove a plug from the power outletafter using the electric appliance.Using when the engine stops orremaining the electric applianceplugged in for many hours may causethe battery to discharge.

• Only use the electric appliances whichare less than 12V and 10A in electriccapacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater tothe lowest operation level when youhave to use the power outlet whileusing the air-conditioner or heater.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can cause

electronic interference and whenplugged into a vehicle's power outlet.These devices may cause excessiveaudio static and malfunctions in otherelectronic systems or devices used inyour vehicle.

OGH036134N

1GHA2234

Front (if equipped)

Rear2GHN3350

Center rear (if equipped)

Page 105: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 95

Knowing your vehicle

ClockAnalogWhenever the battery terminals, A/VCLOCK fuse, or Power Connect are dis-connected, you must reset the time.When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, the clock buttons operate asfollows:➀ : time increases one minute each time

the button is pressed. It increasescontinuously if pressed longer than 3seconds.

Digital (if equipped)Whenever the battery terminals, A/VCLOCK fuse, or Power Connect are dis-connected, you must reset the time.For details, see end of chapter 3.

OGH026078OGH026077N

Page 106: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

963

If your vehicle is equipped with this fea-ture, you can slide or tilt your sunroofwith the sunroof control buttons locatedon the overhead console.The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in the“ON” position.

Sliding the sunroof Autoslide openTo use the autoslide feature, momentar-ily (more than 0.5 second) press theSLIDE OPEN button on the overheadconsole. The sunroof will slide all the wayopen. To stop the sunroof sliding at anypoint, press any sunroof control button.

Manual slide openPress the SLIDE OPEN button on theoverhead console for less than 0.5 sec-ond.

CloseTo close the sunroof, press the CLOSEbutton on the overhead console and holdit until the sunroof is closed.

Tilting the sunroof Autotilt openTo use the autotilt feature, momentarily(more than 0.5 second) press the TILTUP button on the overhead console. Thesunroof will tilt all the way open. To stopthe sunroof tilting at any point, press anysunroof control button.

Manual tilt openPress the TILT UP button on the over-head console for less than 0.5 second.

CloseTo close the sunroof, press the CLOSEbutton on the overhead console and holdit until the sunroof is closed.

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

SLIDESLIDEOPENOPEN

TILTTILT UP UP

CLOSECLOSE

SLIDESLIDEOPENOPEN

TILTTILT UP UP

CLOSECLOSE

2GHA2060A

CAUTION• Do not continue to press the sun-

roof control button(s) after thesunroof is fully opened, closed, ortilted. Damage to the motor orsystem components could occur.

• The sunroof cannot slide when itis in the tilt position nor can it betilted while in an open or slideposition.

Page 107: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 97

Knowing your vehicle

Sunshade The sunshade will be opened with theglass panel automatically when the glasspanel is slid. After closing the glass panelthe sunshade will only close manually.

In case of an emergency If the sunroof does not open electrically:1. Remove the lens.2. Open the sunglass holder.3. Remove the four (4) screws, and then

remove the overhead console.4. Insert the emergency handle (provided

with the vehicle) and turn the handleclockwise to open or counterclockwiseto close.

OGH036902N

WARNING• Do not extend face or arms out-

side through the sunroof openingwhile driving.

• Make sure hand and face aresafely out of the way before clos-ing a sunroof.

CAUTION• Do not press any sunroof control

button longer than necessary.Damage to the motor or systemcomponents could occur.

• Periodically remove any dirt thatmay accumulate on the guide rail.

• If you try to open the sunroofwhen the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, theglass or the motor could be dam-aged.

• The sunroof is made to slidetogether with sunshade. Do notleave the sunshade closed whilethe sunroof is open.

OGH026020

OGH026021A

Page 108: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

983

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, or you use theemergency handle to operate the sun-roof, you have to reset your sunroof sys-tem as follows:

1. Turn the ignition key to the ON posi-tion.

2. According to the position of the sun-roof, do as follows.1) in case that the sunroof has closed

completely or been tilted : Press the TILT UP button for 1second.

2) in case that the sunroof has slide-opened : Press and hold the CLOSE buttonfor more than 5 seconds until thesunroof has closed completely.And then press the TILT UP but-ton for 1 second

3. Then, release it.4. Press and hold the TILT UP button

once again until the sunroof hasreturned to the original position ofTILT UP after it is raised a little higherthan the maximum TILT UP position.

When this is complete, the sunroof sys-tem is reset.

Glass antenna (if equipped)When the radio power switch is turned onwhile the ignition key is in either the “ON”or “ACC” position, your car will receiveboth AM and FM broadcast signalsthrough the antenna in the rear windowglass.

ANTENNA

OGH036399N

CAUTION• Do not clean the inside of the rear

window glass with a cleaner orscraper to remove the foreigndeposits as this may cause dam-age to the antenna elements.

• Avoid adding metallic coatingsuch as Ni, Cd, and so on. Thesecan disturb receiving AM and FMbroadcast signals.

Page 109: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 99

Knowing your vehicle

The steering wheel audio remote controlbutton is installed to promote safe driv-ing.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not operate audio remote controlbuttons simultaneously.

MODEPress the MODE button to select Radio,TAPE*, CD (Compact Disc) or CDC*(Compact Disc Changer).*Each press of the button changes thedisplay as follows:

VOLUME (▲/▼) • Press the VOLUME (▲) button to

increase volume.• Press the VOLUME (▼) button to

decease volume.

PRESETIf the PRESET button is pressed for0.8 second or more, it will work as fol-lows in each mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the SEEK UP selectbutton.

TAPE modeIt will function as the FF button.

CD modeIt will function as the FF button.

CDC modeIt will function as the DISC UP button.

If the PRESET button is pressed forless than 0.8 second, it will work asfollows in each mode. (if equipped)

RADIO modeIt will function as the PRESET UP selectbutton.

TAPE modeIt will function as the AMS FF button.

CD modeIt will function as the TRACK UP button.

CDC modeIt will function as the TRACK UP button.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons is described in the followingpages in this section.

AUDIO REMOTE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)

RADIO(FM1➝ FM2➝ AM)➝ TAPE*➝ CD ➝ CDC*

* : if equipped

OGH036400

Page 110: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

1003

How car audio worksAM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located aroundyour city. They are intercepted by theradio antenna on your car. This signal isthen received by the radio and sent toyour car speakers.When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broadcasts.This is because AM radio waves aretransmitted at low frequencies. Theselong, low frequency radio waves can fol-low the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmos-phere. In addition, they curve aroundobstructions so that they can provide bet-ter signal coverage.

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by build-ings, mountains, or other obstructions.These can result in certain listening con-ditions which might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio. The fol-lowing conditions are normal and do notindicate radio trouble:

AUDIO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM001

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢

JBM002 JBM003

FM reception AM reception FM radio station

Page 111: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 101

Knowing your vehicle

• Fading - As your car moves away fromthe radio station, the signal will weakenand sound will begin to fade. When thisoccurs, we suggest that you selectanother stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto the clear-est signal. If this occurs, select anoth-er station with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

Using a cellular phone or a two-way radio When a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use the cellu-lar phone at a place as far as possiblefrom the audio equipment.

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM004 JBM005

CAUTIONWhen using a communication sys-tem such a cellular phone or a radioset inside the vehicle, a separateexternal antenna must be fitted.When a cellular phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system and adverse-ly affect safe operation of the vehi-cle.

WARNINGDon’t use a cellular phone whenyou are driving. The driver shouldstop at a safe place to use a cellularphone.

Page 112: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

1023

Care of cassette tapes (if equipped)• Because the thickness of a cassette

tape with the total playback time ofover 60 minutes (C-60) are too thin, wesuggest that you do not use any ofthem to avoid having tapes being tan-gled.

• To achieve better sound quality, period-ically clean the tape head using a cot-ton stick with colorless alcohol (onceper month).

• If a tape is too loose, fasten it to reel bywinding with objects like a pencil.

• Because dust or foreign objects on acassette tape may damage the play-back head, always store tapes in theircases when not in use.

• Make sure cassette tapes are keptaway from magnetic devices (TV,stereo system, etc) in order to achievebetter sound quality.

• Be certain that no objects or sub-stances other than cassette tapes areinserted into the cassette tape player.

• Because tape media can be distortedwhen exposed to direct sunlight, Donot leave cassette tapes on the seats,dashboard or near the back wind-shield.

Care of disc (if equipped)• If the temperature inside the car is too

high, open the car windows for ventilationbefore using your car audio.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cleanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centerhole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece of softcloth before playback (wipe it from thecenter to the outside edge.)

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure on undesirable matter otherthan CDs are inserted into the CDplayer (Do not insert more than oneCD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally according to manufacturingcompanies or making and recordingmethods. In such circumstances, if youstill continue to use those CDs, theymay cause the malfunction of your caraudio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible Copy-ProtectedAudio CD

Some copy-protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards (Red Book), may not play onyour car audio. Please note that if youtry to play copy protected CDs and theCD player of your car audio is not per-forming to your expectation, this may becaused by those CDs and not a defect inthe device itself. Please replace thoseCDs.

Page 113: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 103

Knowing your vehicle

GH H385NA

1. Power on /off and volume control button

2. Radio selection button

3. Manual station selection button

4. Automatic station selection button

5. Automatic station selection with memory

button

6. Pre-set button

7. LCD display screen

8. EQ mode selection button

9. Audio mode selection button

STEREO AND AUDIO QUALITY/VOLUME CONTROL, EQ (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 114: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

1043

1. Power on/off and volume con-trol button

When the ignition switch is on ACC orON, push this button to power on. Rotatethis button clockwise to volume up andanti-clockwise to volume down. Push thisbutton again to power off.

2. Radio selection button (FM/AM)Push [FM/AM] button for FM or AM radio.Each press will change FM1➟ FM2➟

AM(MW,LW:EC Only)➟FM1 and repeat.

3. Manual station selection button(Tune)

Rotate this tune button clockwise 1 clickto increase band 1 step and anti-clock-wise to decrease.

North America export (Columbianunits FM move by 0.1 MHz)• FM: Move by 0.2MHz

(87.5➟87.7➟87.9····87.9➟87.7➟87.5)• AM: Move by 10 KHz

(530➟540➟550····550➟540➟530)

4. Automatic station selectionbutton

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 seconds, to increase the band and [SEEK ] button to decrease theband. It automatically finds availablestation.

• Push [SEEK ] button for more than0.8 seconds, with a beep, the bandincreases faster. When the button isreleased band increases normally andfinds available station.

• Push [SEEK ] button for more than0.8 seconds, with a beep, the banddecreases faster. When the button isreleased band decreases normally andfinds available station.

5. Automatic station selectionwith memory button (BSM:Best Station Memory) or Scan

• BSM: Press [BSM] button to automati-cally select available stations startingfrom the current station and memorizethem into the preset buttons (1~6) inthe order they are searched and playthe station with the lowest frequency.

• Scan: Push [SCAN] button once toincrease from next higher station toautomatically search for available sta-tion. It stays for 6 seconds on everyavailable station and the band blinksfor 6 seconds and increases again.Push [SCAN] button again to cancelthe search. (It is either BSM or SCANaccording to area)

Page 115: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 105

Knowing your vehicle

6. Pre-set buttonPress one of 6 buttons (1~6) briefly forless than 1.5 seconds to listen to the sta-tion memorized to each button. If you arelistening to the station you found withTUNE or SEEK function other than thestation memorized to the preset buttonindicated on LCD and want to memorizethe current station to the correspondingpreset button, press and hold the buttonfor more than 1.5 seconds then the chan-nel will be memorized to the button witha beep.

7. LCD display screenIt indicates FM1/FM2/AM along with cur-rent band, pre-set channel, FM stereowith "ST", and CLASSIC/JAZZ/ROCKaccording to EQ setting.

8. EQ mode selection button(Equalizer)

This audio system lets you choose theequalizer setting to your taste for eachgenre of music with the one-touch [EQ]button. Each time you press this buttonthe sound equalizer setting will switchfrom CLASSIC ➟ JAZZ ➟ ROCK ➟

DEFEAT (not displayed) ➟ CLASSIC

9. Audio mode selection buttonPush this button to select audio mode.It changes in BAS➟MID➟TRE➟FAD➟

BAL➟Current mode➟BAS ····· order.After selecting mode to change and usevolume control button to change value.The value will be indicated on LCDscreen.• On Bass sound (BAS) mode, rotate the

volume button clockwise to increaseBass sound and anti-clockwise todecrease Bass sound.

• On mid sound (MID) mode, rotate thevolume button clockwise to increasemid sound and anti-clockwise todecrease Mid sound.

• On high sound (TRE) mode, rotate thevolume button clockwise to increasehigh sound and anti-clockwise todecrease high sound.

• On high sound (TRE) mode, rotate thevolume button clockwise to increasehigh sound and anti-clockwise todecrease high sound.

• On front and back sound control (FAD)mode, rotate the volume button clock-wise to enable back speakers and anti-clockwise to enable front speakers.

• On left and right sound control (BAL)mode, rotate the volume button clock-wise to enable right speakers and anti-clockwise to enable left speakers. 5seconds after adjusting, display screengoes back to previous display.

Page 116: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

1063

1. Tape mode selection and tape side selec-

tion

2. Cassette tape slot

3. Tape eject button

4. DOLBY selection button

5. Rewind button

6. Fast forward button

7. Previous music auto selection button

8. Next music auto selection button

9. Repeat button

10. LCD display screen

GH H385NA

CASSETTE TAPE (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 117: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 107

Knowing your vehicle

1. Tape mode selection and tapeside selection

When tape is in the deck, push [TAPE ] button for tape mode whilepower is off or radio/CD is playing. When[ TAPE ] button is pushed during tapeplay, tape play direction is reversed to lis-ten to the other side. During tape play-back, "PLAY" and playing direction isindicated on the display screen.

2. Cassette tape slot Please gently load tape side facing right.When the ignition switch is on ACC orON and power is off, power is automati-cally turned on if the tape is loaded.

3. Tape eject buttonDuring tape playback push button toeject tape. This button is enabled whenignition switch is off.

4. DOLBY selection buttonDuring DOLBY recorded tape playback,push DOLBY button to enable DOLBYeffect to reduce mid to high noises. Ondisplay screen DOLBY symbol will beindicated. Push again to disable DOLBYeffect.

5. Rewind buttonDuring tape playback, push [SEEK ]button for more than 1.5 seconds (abeep) to rewind the tape to the begin-ning. "REW" will be indicated on the dis-play screen. Push this button again toresume playback.

6. Fast forward buttonDuring tape playback, push [SEEK ]button for more than 1.5 seconds (abeep) to fast forward the tape to the end."FF" will be indicated on the displayscreen. Push this button again to resumeplayback.

7. Previous music auto selectionbutton (AMS-REW)

Push [SEEK ] button to rewind to thebeginning of current music. "REW" willblink on the display screen. Push this but-ton again to resume playback.

8. Next music auto selection but-ton (AMS-FF)

Push [SEEK ] button to fast forward tothe end of current music. "FF" will blinkon the display screen. Push this buttonagain to resume playback.

9. Repeat buttonPush [RPT] button to repeat currentmusic. Push again to disable repeat.

10. LCD display screenIt shows all the status during tape play-back."PLAY" for tape playback, " or " forplayback direction, "FF or REW" for fastforward and rewind,"CLASSIC/JAZZ/ROCK" for EQ mode,"MTL" for metal tape playback for“DOLBY”.

Page 118: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

1083

1. CD loading slot

2. CD indicator light

3. CD eject button

4. CD selection button

5. Fast backward button

6. Fast forward buttonn

7. Track Down button

8. Track Up button

9. Repeat button

10. CD SCAN

11. LCD display screen

GH H385NA

CD (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 119: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 109

Knowing your vehicle

1. CD loading slotPlease face printed side upward andgently push in. When the ignition switchis on ACC or ON and power is off, poweris automatically turned on if the CD isloaded. This CDP supports both 8cm and12 cm CDs. But if VCD, Data CD, MP3CD are loaded, "Er-6" message willappear and CD will be ejected.

2. CD Indicator When car ignition switch is ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islighted. If the CD is ejected the light isturned off.

3. CD eject buttonPush button to eject the CD duringCD playback. This button is enabledwhen ignition switch is off.

4. CD selection buttonWhen CD is in the deck, push [CD] but-ton for CD mode while power is off orradio/TAPE is playing.When CD is ejected by Eject Button,push Eject Button again to reload CD forplayback.

5. Fast Backward buttonDuring CD playback, push [SEEK ]button for more than 1.5 seconds (abeep) to fast backward. For first 5 sec-onds 5X and 15X after 5 seconds. Whilethe button is pressed sound is reduced to12dB.

6. Fast Forward buttonDuring CD playback, push [SEEK ]button for more than 1.5 seconds (abeep) to fast forward. For first 5 seconds5X and 15X after 5 seconds. While thebutton is pressed sound is reduced to12dB.

7. Track DownPush [SEEK ] button to move to thebeginning of current music. Each pushwill move to previous track. When thisbutton is pressed from track 1, it willmove to beginning of the last track.

8. Track UpPush [SEEK ] button to move to thebeginning of next track. Each push willmove to next track. When this button ispressed from the last track, it will move tobeginning of the first track.

9. Repeat buttonPush [RPT] button to repeat currenttrack. Push again to disable repeat.

10. SCAN buttonPush [CD SCAN] button to listen eachtrack for 10 seconds. Push again to dis-able.

11. LCD display screenIt shows all the status of CDP. "Cd" forCD playback, CD track and CD number,"RPT" and "CLASSIC/JAZZ/ROCK" forEQ mode.

Page 120: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

1103

1. Power on /off and volume control button

2. Radio selection button

3. Manual station selection button

4. Automatic station selection button

5. Automatic station selection with memory

button/SCAN

6. Pre-set button

7. EQ mode selection button

8. Audio mode selection button

9. Mute button

GH H105/605NA-1

RADIO AND AUDIO QUALITY/VOLUME CONTROL, EQ (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 121: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 111

Knowing your vehicle

1. Power on/off and volume con-trol button

When the ignition switch is on ACC orON, push this button to power on. Rotatethis button clockwise to volume up andanti-clockwise to volume down. Push thisbutton again to power off.

2. Radio selection button (FM/AM) Push [FM/AM] button for FM or AM radio.Each press will change FM1➟FM2➟AM(MW,LW:EC Only)➟FM1 and repeat.

3. Manual station selection button(Tune)

Rotate this tune button clockwise 1 clickto increase band 1 step and anti-clock-wise to decrease.

North America export (Columbianunits FM move by 0.1 MHz)• FM: Move by 0.2MHz

(87.5➟87.7➟87.9····87.9➟87.7➟87.5)• AM: Move by 10 KHz

(530➟540➟550····550➟540➟530)

4. Automatic station selectionbutton

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 seconds, to increase the band and[SEEK ] button to decrease theband. It automatically finds availablestation.

• Push [SEEK ] button for more than0.8 seconds, with a beep, the bandincreases faster. When the button isreleased band increases normally andfinds available station.

• Push [SEEK ] button for more than0.8 seconds, with a beep, the banddecreases faster . When the button isreleased band decreases normally andfinds available station.

5. Automatic station selectionwith memory button (BSM:Best Station Memory) or Scan

• BSM: Press [BSM] button to automati-cally select available stations startingfrom the current station and memorizethem into the preset buttons (1~6) inthe order they are searched and playthe station with the lowest frequency.

• Scan: Push [scan] button once toincrease from next higher station toautomatically search for available sta-tion. It stays for 6 seconds on everyavailable station and the band blinksfor 6 seconds and increases again.Push [Scan] button again to cancel thesearch.

Page 122: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

1123

6. Pre-set buttonPress one of 6 buttons (1~6) briefly forless than 1.5 seconds to listen to the sta-tion memorized to each button. If you arelistening to the station you found withTUNE or SEEK function other than thestation memorized to the preset buttonindicated on LCD and want to memorizethe current station to the correspondingpreset button, press and hold the buttonfor more than 1.5 seconds then thechannel will be memorized to the buttonwith a beep.

7. EQ mode selection button(Equalizer)

This audio system lets you choose theequalizer setting to your taste for eachgenre of music with the one-touch [EQ]button. Each time you press this buttonthe sound equalizer setting will switchfrom CLASSIC ➟ JAZZ ➟ ROCK ➟

DEFEAT (not displayed) ➟ CLASSIC

8. Audio mode selection buttonPush this button to select audio mode. Itchanges in BAS➟MID➟TRE➟FAD➟BAL➟Current mode➟BAS ····· order. Afterselecting mode to change and use vol-ume control button to change value. Thevalue will be indicated on LCD screen.• On Bass sound (BAS) mode, rotate the

volume button clockwise to increaseBass sound and anti-clockwise todecrease Bass sound.

• On mid sound (MID) mode, rotate thevolume button clockwise to increasemid sound and anti-clockwise todecrease Mid sound.

• On high sound (TRE) mode, rotate thevolume button clockwise to increasehigh sound and anti-clockwise todecrease high sound.

• On high sound (TRE) mode, rotate thevolume button clockwise to increasehigh sound and anti-clockwise todecrease high sound.

• On front and back sound control (FAD)mode, rotate the volume button clock-wise to enable back speakers and anti-clockwise to enable front speakers.

• On left and right sound control (BAL)mode, rotate the volume button clock-wise to enable right speakers and anti-clockwise to enable left speakers. 5seconds after adjusting, display screengoes back to previous display.

9. Mute buttonPush [Mute] button to disable sound.Push again or other button to enablesound again.

Page 123: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 113

Knowing your vehicle

1. CD loading slot

2. CD indicator light

3. CD eject button

4. CD selection button

5. Fast backward button

6. Fast forward button

7. Track Down button

8. Track Up button

9. Repeat button

10. CD SCAN

11. Mute button

GH H105/605NA

CD (H295+CDP) (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 124: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

1143

1. CD loading slotPlease face printed side upward andgently push in. When the ignition switchis on ACC or ON and power is off, poweris automatically turned on if the CD isloaded. This CDP supports both 8cm and12 cm CDs. But if VCD, Data CD, MP3CD are loaded, "Er-6" message willappear and CD will be ejected.

2. CD Indicator When ignition switch is ACC or ON, if CDis loaded in CDP deck, CD indicator islighted. It turns off when CD is ejected.

3. CD eject buttonPush button to eject the CD duringCD playback. This button is enabledwhen ignition switch is off.

4. CD selection button• When CD is in the deck, push [CD] but-

ton for CD mode while power is off orradio/TAPE is playing.

• When CD is ejected by Eject Button,push Eject Button again to reload CDfor playback.

5. Fast Backward buttonDuring CD playback, push [SEEK ]button for more than 1.5 seconds (abeep) to fast backward. For first 5 sec-onds 5X and 15X after 5 seconds. Whilethe button is pressed sound is reduced to12dB.

6. Fast Forward button During CD playback, push [SEEK ]button for more than 1.5 seconds (abeep) to fast forward. For first 5 seconds5X and 15X after 5 seconds. While thebutton is pressed sound is reduced to12dB.

7. Track Down Push [SEEK ] button to move to thebeginning of current music. Each pushwill move to previous track. When thisbutton is pressed from track 1, it willmove to beginning of the last track.

8. Track Up Push [SEEK ] button to move to thebeginning of next track. Each push willmove to next track. When this button ispressed from the last track, it will move tobeginning of the first track.

9. Repeat buttonPush [RPT] button to repeat currenttrack. Push again to disable repeats.

10. SCAN buttonPush [CD SCAN] button to listen eachtrack for 10 seconds. Push again to dis-able.

11. Mute buttonPush [MUTE] button to disable sound.Push again or other button to enablesound again.

Page 125: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 115

Knowing your vehicle

CD CHANGER (CDC) (IF EQUIPPED)

1. CD loading slot

2. Disc indicator lamp

3. CD load buttont

4. CD eject button

5. CD changer selection button

6. CD change button

7. Fast backward button

8. Fast forward button

9. Track Down button

10. Track Up button

11. Repeat button

12. SCAN button

13. Mute button

GH H105/605NA-1

Page 126: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

1163

1. CD loading slotPush [LOAD] button to open CD slot.Please face printed side upward andgently push in. This CDC supports 12 cmCDs only. But if VCD, Data CD, MP3 CDare loaded, "Er-6" message will appear.

✽✽ NOTICE• 8cm CDs cannot be used

2. Disc indicator lamp Corresponding CD indicator light turnsorange when the CD is currently playingor it is on the process of loading or eject-ing. It remains green light when no actionis taken on loaded CDs.

3. CD Load button Push [LOAD] button to load CDs to avail-able CDC deck (from 1~6). Push [LOAD]button for more than 2 seconds to loadinto all available decks.The last CD will play. 10 seconds idle sta-tus will disable loading process.

4. CD eject buttonPush button to eject the currentlyplaying CD. Push this button for morethan 2 seconds to eject all the CDs inCDC. If CD 3 is playing CDs will be eject-ed in 3,4,5,6,1,2 order.

5. CD changer selection buttonWhen power is off or to listen to CD,push [CD] button. If there is no CD, 'nodisk' message will be indicated for 5seconds.

6. CD change buttonUse preset buttons (1~6) to selectdesired CD. If there is no CD in the slotit will not change.

7. Fast Backward button During CD playback, push [seek ] but-ton for more than 1.5 seconds (a beep) tofast backward. For first 5 seconds 5X and15X after 5 seconds. While the button ispressed sound is reduced to 12dB.

8. Fast Forward button During CD playback, push [seek ] but-ton for more than 1.5 seconds (a beep) tofast forward. For first 5 seconds 5X and15X after 5 seconds. While the button ispressed sound is reduced to 12dB.

9. Track Down Push [seek ] button to move to thebeginning of current music. Each pushwill move to previous track. When thisbutton is pressed from track 1, it willmove to beginning of the last track.

10. Track UpPush [seek ] button to move to thebeginning of next track. Each push willmove to next track. When this button ispressed from the last track, it will move tobeginning of the first track.

11. Repeat buttonPush [RPT] button to repeat currenttrack. Push again to disable repeats.

12. SCAN buttonPush [CD SCAN] button to listen eachtrack for 10 seconds. Push again to dis-able.

13. Mute buttonPush [MUTE] button to disable sound.Push again or other button to enablesound again.

Page 127: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 117

Knowing your vehicle

HOW TO USE TRIP COMPUTER (IF EQUIPPED)

1. TRIP button

2. CLOCK MODE button

3. UP/DOWN button

4. CLOCK SET button

5. RESET button

GH H105/605NA

Page 128: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

1183

✦✦ Trip Computer Trip computer displays the information interms of vehicle driving such as OutsideAmbient Temperature(OAT), Distance ToFuel Empty(DTE), Average VehicleSpeed(AVS), Average Fuel Consumption(AFC), Driving Time (DT), Clock,Calendar, Stereo, CDC by using LCDmonitor screen.

The operating method of concentra-tion key.[TRIP] button of concentration key.If [TRIP] button of concentration key ispressed, the mode of trip turns like thebelow.• OAT ➟ DTE ➟ AVS ➟ AFC ➟ DT

✦✦ In the case that you’d like toknow the outside ambient tem-perature (OAT).

[The screen of outside ambient temper-ature]

• The current outside ambient tempera-ture is displayed.

• The outside ambient temperature isdisplayed by ‘---°C’, ‘---°F’ when ACCbecomes on in off status.

• 1 degree per 90 seconds rises whenthe vehicle speed is more than 30 km/hand 1 degree per two seconds isdescended regardless of the vehiclespeed.(But 0.5 degree in case of centigrade)

• The outside ambient temperature isable to descend the temperature dur-ing the stop but is not able to ascendthe temperature.

✽✽ NOTICE• The temperature showed in displayed

part of outside temperature isdesigned to be close to actual outsidetemperature. But the temperaturecould be ascended by engine heatwhile the vehicle is driven for longtime at low speed.

FOR NORTH AMERICA

Page 129: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 119

Knowing your vehicle

✦✦ In the case that you want toknow the distance to fuelempty (DTE).

Please select the mode of the distance tofuel empty by adjusting [TRIP] button,mode transition function key of concen-tration key.

[Mode screen of the distance to fuelempty]

• It displays the possible driving distancewith current fuel level.

• The distance to fuel empty is displayedby 1km unit and if the distance to fuelempty is less than 50km (30mi.) then '---' will flash on the LCD.

• If ‘---’ display does not disappear infueling, please push TRIP and RESETbutton on concentration keys simulta-neously for more than 5 seconds.

• ‘OFF’ is displayed when fuel senderisn’t connected.

• When the actual driving distance isreduced 1km, the distance to fuelempty can reduce 2~4km according tothe road condition and fuel efficiency.

✽✽ NOTICEPlease note that the distance to fuelempty can change with the driver's driv-ing habit, road condition and othercauses.

• If fuel sensor makes wrong determina-tion, feedback algorithm can adjust toexact possible driving distance.

Flashing

Flashing

Page 130: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Knowing your vehicle

1203

✦✦ In the case that you’d like toknow the average vehiclespeed (AVS).

Please select the mode of average vehi-cle speed by adjusting [TRIP] button,mode transition function key of the con-centration key.

[Mode screen of average vehicle speed]

• The average vehicle speed is displayedfrom switch on the ignition to the pres-ent in the display part of trip information.

• The average vehicle speed initializeswhen ACC is OFF status.

• The average vehicle speed is displayedby ‘---’ when ACC becomes on in offstatus.

• It shows average vehicle speed fromengine ON.

• Average vehicle speed range is0~250km/h(0~154 MPH) and the valueis updated every 1 second.

• The average speed includes the timethe car is stopped (0Km/h).

• If [RESET] button in the concentrationkeys is pressed more than one second,the average vehicle speed until thepresent becomes 0 km/h and the aver-age speed is recalculated again fromthe current.

✦✦ In the case that you’d like toknow the average fuel con-sumption (AFC).

Please select the mode of average fuelconsumption rate by adjusting [TRIP]button, mode transition function key ofthe concentration key.

[Mode screen of average fuel consump-tion]

• The figure that is displayed in the dis-play part of trip information displaysaverage consuming amount of fuel.

• Average fuel consumption mode dis-plays average fuel amount to be con-sumed when the vehicle is driving in100 km.

• The display range of the average fuelconsumption is from 0.0 to 99.9 L/100 and the change amount of fuel is dis-played in the screen per second.

• If [RESET] button of concentration keyis pressed more than one second, theaverage fuel is initialized into 0.0L/100and the average fuel consumption isdisplayed again after driving from thepresent to the point of view running 0.5km.

• The average fuel consumption couldincrease because the driving distanceis short during the stop of driving, butthe normal fuel rate is displayed if youcontinue to drive.

• The average fuel consumption displaysthe previous value if ACC is on again inoff status of ACC.

Page 131: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

3 121

Knowing your vehicle

✦✦ In case that you’d like to knowdriving time (DT).

Please select the mode of driving time byadjusting [TRIP] button, mode transitionfunction key of the concentration key.

[Mode screen of driving time]

• The figure that is displayed in the dis-play part of trip information displaysdriving time until the present.

• The range displayed driving time isfrom 0:00 to 99:59 and driving time isaccumulated from 0:00 again whendriving time is beyond 99:59.

• The driving time is displayed by ‘---’when ACC becomes on in off status.

• If [RESET] button of concentration keyis pressed more than one second, thedriving time is initialized into 0:00 andthe driving time is accumulated againfrom the current.

✦✦ In the case that you’d like toadjust the clock and the calen-dar

To adjust clock & calendar, push [CLOCKMODE] button briefly on the concentra-tion key.

[The screen of clock]

• This is always displayed after ACC ison.

• Push [CLOCK MODE]to change mode.‘HOUR’➟‘MINUTE’➟‘MONTH’➟‘DAY’light up every 0.5 second.

• If [CLOCK MODE] button is pressed,time can be set up and change with thepart of hour flicker in the same time. Inthis time, please set up the change oftime by using [ ], [ ] buttons ofconcentration key.

• In order to set up minute after seting uphour, please press [CLOCK MODE]button. The method to changing theminute like that of changing the hour isto set up by using [ ], [ ] of con-centration key.

• When ‘DAY’ blinks, push [CLOCKMODE] to cancel time adjust modeand time setting is finished.

• The adjustment mode will be canceledwhen you press the CLOCK SET but-ton. The 'second' will start from ‘0’.

• The other buttons are not operatedwithin ten seconds after [CLOCKMODE] button is pressed, modifiedmode is dismissed.

• If [ ], [ ] buttons of the concentra-tion key have been pressed for moretwo seconds [ ], [ ] buttonsbecome FAST COUNT.

Flashing

Flashing

Page 132: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4

Ignition switch / 4-2Starting the engine / 4-4Automatic transaxle / 4-5Brake system / 4-10Steering wheel / 4-17Cruise control system / 4-19Electronic stability control / 4-22

Instrument cluster / 4-25Gauges / 4-26Warnings and indicators / 4-28Lighting / 4-34Wipers and washers / 4-38Defroster / 4-41Hazard warning flasher / 4-42Automatic climate control system / 4-43Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-53

Driving your vehicle

Page 133: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

24

Illuminated ignition switchWhenever a door is opened, the ignitionswitch will be illuminated for your con-venience, provided the ignition switch isnot in the ON position.The light will go offapproximately 10 seconds after closingthe door or when the ignition switch isturned on.

Ignition switch and anti-theftsteering column lock Ignition switch positionLOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key inward atthe ACC position and turn the key towardthe LOCK position.

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-trical accessories are operative.

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This is thenormal running position after the engineis started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON if theengine is not running to prevent batterydischarge.

STARTTurn the ignition key to the START posi-tion to start the engine. The engine willcrank until you release the key; then itreturns to the ON position. The brakewarning lamp can be checked in thisposition.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the driver has difficulty turning theignition key to the START position, turnthe steering wheel right and left torelease the tension and then turn thekey.

IGNITION SWITCH

1GHA3201 1GHA3201A

Page 134: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 3

Driving your vehicle

Automatic transaxleWhen turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, the shift lever must be inthe P (Park) position.

WARNING - Ignition key• Never turn the ignition switch to

LOCK or ACC while the vehicle ismoving. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause animmediate accident.

• The anti-theft steering columnlock is not a substitute for theparking brake. Before leaving thedriver’s seat, always make surethe shift lever is engaged in P(Park), set the parking brake fullyand shut the engine off.Unexpected and sudden vehiclemovement may occur if these pre-cautions are not taken.

• Never reach for the ignitionswitch, or any other controlsthrough the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is in motion. The pres-ence of your hand or arm in thisarea could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol, an accident and seriousbodily injury or death.

• Do not put any movable thingsaround the driver’s seat as theycan disturb your driving and maycause accidents.

Page 135: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

44

1. Make sure the parking brake isapplied.

2. Place the transaxle shift lever in P(Park). Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andhold it there until the engine starts (amaximum of 10 seconds), thenrelease the key.

4. In extremely cold weather (below -18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator.

STARTING THE ENGINE

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while you are inmotion, do not attempt to move theshift lever to the P (Park) position. Iftraffic and road conditions permit,you may put the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position while the vehicleis still moving and turn the ignitionswitch to the START position in anattempt to restart the engine.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots,etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake and acceler-ator pedal.

Page 136: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 5

Driving your vehicle

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

OGH046045N

Depress the brake pedal when shifting.

The shift lever can be moved freely.

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

Sports mode

Automatic mode

Page 137: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

64

Automatic transaxle operationAll normal forward driving is done withthe shift lever in the D (Drive) position.To move the shift lever from the P (Park)position, the brake pedal must bedepressed and the lock release buttonmust be depressed.

For smooth operation, depress the brakepedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to aforward or reverse gear.

✽✽ NOTICE• To avoid damage to your transaxle, do

not accelerate the engine in R(Reverse) or any forward gear posi-tion with the brakes on.

• When stopped on an upgrade, do nothold the vehicle stationary withengine power. Use the service brakeor the parking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P(Park) into D (Drive), or R (Reverse)when the engine is above idle speed.

Transaxle rangesP (park)This position locks the transaxle and pre-vents the front wheels from rotating.Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into this position.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift lever isin the P (PARK) position; then setthe parking brake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected and suddenvehicle movement can occur ifthese precautions are not followedin the order identified.

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will cause thedrive wheels to lock which willcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.Always make sure the shift leveris latched in the P (Park) positionso that it cannot be moved unlessthe lock release button is pushedin, AND set the parking brakefully.

(Continued)

Page 138: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 7

Driving your vehicle

R (reverse)Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways come to a complete stop beforeshifting into or out of R (Reverse); youmay damage the transaxle if you shiftinto R while the vehicle is in motion,except as explained in “Rocking theVehicle”, in this manual.

N (neutral)With the gearshift in the N position, thewheels and transaxle are not locked. Thevehicle will roll freely even on the slight-est incline unless the parking brake orservice brakes are applied.

D (drive)This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 5-gear sequence, providing thebest fuel economy and power.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator fully, at which time thetransaxle will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

(Continued)• Before leaving the driver’s seat,

always make sure the shift leveris in the P (PARK) position. Setthe parking brake fully, shut theengine off and take the key withyou. Unexpected and suddenvehicle movement can occur ifyou do not follow these precau-tions in the order specified.

• Never leave a child unattended ina vehicle.

CAUTIONThe transaxle may be damaged ifyou shift into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion.

Page 139: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

84

Sports modeWhether the vehicle is stationary or inmotion, sports mode is selected by push-ing the shift lever from the “D” positioninto the sports mode. To return to “D”range operation, push the shift lever backinto the automatic mode.

In sports mode, moving the shift leverbackwards and forwards will allow you tomake gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to amanual transaxle, the sports modeallows gearshifts with the acceleratorpedal depressed.

Up (+) : Push the lever forward once toshift up one gear.Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards onceto shift down one gear.

Snow modeWhen driving on a slippery road, pushthe shift lever forward into the +(up) posi-tion. This causes the transaxle to shiftinto the 2nd gear which is better forsmooth driving on a slippery road. Pushthe shift lever to the -(down) side to shiftback to the 1st gear.

✽✽ NOTICE• Upshifts do not take place automati-

cally in sports mode. The driver mustexecute upshifts in accordance withroad conditions, taking care to keepthe engine speed below the red zone.

• In sports mode, only the five forwardgears can be selected. To reverse orpark the vehicle, move the shift leverto the “R” or “P” position asrequired.

• In sports mode, downshifts are madeautomatically when the vehicle slowsdown. When the vehicle stops, 1st gearis automatically selected.

• In sports mode, when the engine rpmapproaches the red zone shift pointsare varied to upshift automatically.

• To maintain the required levels ofvehicle performance and safety, thesystem may not execute certaingearshifts when the shift lever is oper-ated.

OMG045005

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

Automaticmode

Sportsmode

Page 140: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 9

Driving your vehicle

Moving up a steep grade from astanding startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Select theappropriate gear depending on loadweight and steepness of the grade, andrelease the parking brake. Depress theaccelerator gradually while releasing theservice brakes.When accelerating from a stop on asteep hill, the vehicle may have a ten-dency to roll backwards. Shifting theshift lever into 2 (Second Gear) whilein Sport mode will help prevent thevehicle from rolling backwards.

Ignition key inter lock systemThe ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position. If the ignition switch is in anyother position, the key cannot beremoved.

Shift lock systemFor your safety, the Automatic Transaxlehas a shift lock system which preventsshifting the transaxle out of P (Park)unless the brake pedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle out of P (Park):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition to

the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a chatteringsound near the shift lever may be heard.This is a normal condition.

Shift-lock overrideIf the shift lever should fail to move fromthe P (Park) position with the brake pedaldepressed, continue depressing thebrake, then do the following:1. Carefully remove the cap covering the

S/Lock override access hole which islocated on the right side of the shiftlever.

2. Insert the screwdriver or key into theaccess hole and press down on thekey.

3. Depress the lock release button andmove the shift lever.

4. Have your vehicle inspected by anauthorized Kia dealership immediately.

OMG045061

Page 141: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

104

Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance, how-ever, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the parking brake.The stopping distance, however, will bemuch greater than normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

WARNING - Parking brakeDepressing the parking brake whilethe vehicle is moving at normalspeeds can cause a sudden loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. If you mustuse the parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormal high brake tem-peratures, excessive brake liningand pad wear, and increasedstopping distances.

• When descending a long or steephill, shift to a lower gear andavoid continuous application ofthe brakes. Continuous brakeapplication will cause the brakesto overheat and could result in atemporary loss of braking per-formance.

(Continued)

Page 142: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 11

Driving your vehicle

Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes.When your brake pads are worn and it'stime for new pads, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your frontbrakes or rear brakes. You may hear thissound come and go or it may occurwhenever you depress the brake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem with yourbrakes.

✽✽ NOTICETo avoid costly brake repairs, do notcontinue to drive with worn brake pads.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs service.If you ignore this audible warning,you will eventually lose braking per-formance, which could lead to aserious accident.

CAUTIONAlways replace brake pads as com-plete front or rear axle sets.

(Continued)• Wet brakes may result in the vehi-

cle not to slow down at the usualrate and make it pull to one sidewhen the brakes are applied.Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have beenaffected in this way. Always testyour brakes in this fashion afterdriving through deep water. Todry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

Page 143: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

124

Power adjustable pedals (if equipped)To adjust the position of the acceleratorand brake pedals, turn the ignition key tothe “ON” position with the selector leverin the "P" position and push the switch.

If you push the “▲” portion of the switch,the pedals move rearward.If you push the “▼” portion of the switch,the pedals move forward.

Setting the driver's position1. Be sure the parking brake is engaged.2. Move the accelerator and brake ped-

als to the front most position by push-ing the “▼” portion of the switch.

3. Adjust the seat position and the steer-ing wheel angle properly.

4. Move the pedals toward you until youcan fully depress the brake pedal bypushing the “▲” portion of the switch.

5. Depress the pedals a few times to getused to the feel after adjusting.

OGH026050N

WARNING - Pedal adjust-ment

• Adjust the pedals after parkingthe vehicle on level ground. Neverattempt to adjust the pedals whilethe vehicle is moving.

• Never adjust the pedals with yourfoot on the accelerator pedal asthis may result in increasing theengine speed and acceleration.

• Make sure that you can fullydepress the brake pedal beforedriving. Otherwise, you may notbe able to hold down the brakepedal firmly in an emergencystop.

Page 144: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 13

Driving your vehicle

Parking brake To set the parking brake, depress theparking brake pedal fully and firmlydownward while applying the servicebrake.

Manual releaseTo release the parking brake, pull theparking brake release lever while apply-ing the service brake. The pedal willautomatically extend to the fully releasedposition. If the parking brake pedaldoes not release or does not release allthe way, have the system checked by anauthorized Kia dealer.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessive brakepad and brake rotor wear.

1GHA3011 1GHA3012

WARNING - Parking brake• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leavingthe vehicle, do not use thegearshift lever in place of theparking brake. Set the parkingbrake AND make sure thegearshift lever is securely posi-tioned in P (Park).

• Never allow a person who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle or childrento touch the parking brake. If theparking brake is released unin-tentionally, serious injury mayoccur.

Page 145: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

144

Check the brake warning light by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). This light will be illuminatedwhen the parking brake is applied withthe ignition switch in the START or ONposition.Before driving, be sure the parking brakeis fully released and the brake warninglight is off.

If the brake warning light remains onafter the parking brake is released, theremay be a malfunction in the brake sys-tem. Immediate attention is necessary.If at all possible, cease driving the vehi-cle immediately. If that is not possible,use extreme caution while operating thevehicle and only continue to drive thevehicle until you can reach a safe loca-tion or repair shop.

Parking on curbed streets • When parking your vehicle on an uphill

grade, park as close to the curb aspossible and turn the front wheelsaway from the curb so that the frontwheels will contact the curb if the vehi-cle moves backward.

• When parking your vehicle on a down-hill grade, park as close to the curb aspossible and turn the front wheelstoward the curb so that the frontwheels will contact the curb if the vehi-cle moves forward.

W-75

Page 146: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 15

Driving your vehicle

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) The ABS system continuously sensesthe speed of the wheels. If the wheels aregoing to lock, the ABS system repeated-ly modulates the hydraulic brake pres-sure to the wheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ABS system is active.In order to obtain the maximum benefitfrom your ABS system in an emergencysituation, do not attempt to modulateyour brake pressure and do not try topump your brakes. Press your brakepedal as hard as possible or as hard asthe situation warrants and allow the ABSsystem to control the force being deliv-ered to the brakes.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

WARNING - ABS BrakesYour ABS is not a substitute forgood driving judgement. You canstill have an accident. In fact, yourABS system will probably not beable to prevent an accident in thefollowing driving conditions:• Dangerous driving, such as

neglecting safety precautions,speeding, or driving too close tothe vehicle in front of you.

• Driving at high speed in situa-tions providing considerably lesstraction, such as wet conditionswhere hydroplaning could occur.

• Driving too fast on poor road sur-faces. The ABS is designed toimprove maximum braking effec-tiveness on typical highways androads in good condition. On poorroad surfaces in poor condition,the ABS may actually reducebraking effectiveness.

Page 147: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

164

✽✽ NOTICE• If the ABS warning light is on and

stays on, you may have a problemwith the ABS system. In this case,however, your regular brakes willwork normally.

• The ABS warning light will stay on forapproximately 3 seconds after theignition switch is ON. During thattime, the ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off ifeverything is normal. If the light stayson, you may have a problem with yourABS system. Contact an authorizedKia dealer as soon as possible.

✽✽ NOTICE• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road, andoperate your brakes continuously, theABS will be active continuously andthe ABS warning light may illuminate.Pull your car over to a safe place andstop the engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABS warn-ing light is off, then your ABS systemis normal. Otherwise, you may have aproblem with the ABS. Contact anauthorized Kia dealer as soon as pos-sible.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of the lowbattery voltage. It does not mean yourABS is malfunctioning.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

ABS

W-78

Page 148: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 17

Driving your vehicle

Power steeringPower Steering uses energy from theengine to assist you in steering the vehi-cle. If the engine is off or if the powersteering system becomes inoperative,the vehicle may still be steered, but it willrequire increased steering effort.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an Authorized Kia Dealer.

✽✽ NOTICE• Never hold the steering wheel against

a stop (extreme right or left turn) formore than 5 seconds with the enginerunning. Holding the steering wheelfor more than 5 seconds in either posi-tion may cause damage to the powersteering pump.

• If the power steering drive belt breaksor if the power steering pump mal-functions, the steering effort willgreatly increase.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is parked for extendedperiods outside in cold weather (below -10 °C/14 °F), the power steering mayrequire increased effort when the engineis first started. This is caused byincreased fluid viscosity due to the coldweather and does not indicate a mal-function.When this happens, increase the engineRPM by depressing the accelerator untilthe RPM reaches 1,500 rpm then releaseor let the engine idle for two or threeminutes to warm up the fluid.

STEERING WHEEL

Page 149: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

184

Tilt steering (if equipped)A tilt steering wheel allows you to adjustthe steering wheel before you drive.Youcan also raise it to the highest level togive your legs more room when you exitand enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,while permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

To change the steering wheel angle, pullup the lock release lever (➀), adjust thesteering wheel to the desired angle (➁),then release the lock-release lever tolock the steering wheel in place. Be sureto adjust the steering wheel to thedesired position before driving.

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

WARNING • Never adjust the angle of steering

wheel while driving.You may loseyour steering control and causesevere personal injury or acci-dents.

• After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to becertain it is locked in position.

OGH026028 OGH026030

CAUTION• To sound the horn, press the area

indicated by the horn symbol onyour steering wheel (see illustra-tion). The horn will operate onlywhen this area is pressed.

• Do not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist.Do not press on the horn with asharp-pointed object.

Page 150: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 19

Driving your vehicle

The cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without resting your foot onthe accelerator pedal.With cruise control, you can set andautomatically maintain any speed ofbetween 40 km/h (24 mph) and 200 km/h(125 mph).

To set cruise control speed:1. Push the CRUISE ON/OFF button on

the steering wheel, to turn the systemon. The CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 40 km/h (24 mph)and less than 200 km/h (125 mph).

3. Depress the COAST/SET switch,located on the steering wheel, andrelease it at the speed you want. The“SET” indicator light in the instrumentcluster will illuminate. Release theaccelerator at the same time. Thedesired speed will automatically bemaintained.

The SET function cannot be activateduntil approximately 2 seconds after theCRUISE ON/OFF button has beenengaged.On a steep grade, the vehicle maymomentarily slow down while goingdownhill.

CRUISE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING - Cruise control

Do not use the cruise control fea-ture under the following conditions:• Heavy or unsteady traffic• Slippery or winding roads• Situations that involve varying

speeds

WARNINGIf the cruise control is left on,(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminated) thecruise control can be switched onaccidentally. Keep the cruise con-trol system off (CRUISE indicatorlight OFF) when cruise control isnot in use.

OGH046335N OGH046336N

Page 151: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

204

To cancel cruise control, do oneof the following:• Depress the brake pedal.• Shift into N (Neutral).• Depress the CANCEL switch located

on the steering wheel.• Depress the COAST/SET and

RES/ACCEL switches at the sametime.

Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the “SET” indicatorlight in the instrument cluster will goOFF), but it will not turn the system off. Ifyou wish to resume cruise control opera-tion, depress the RES/ACCEL switchlocated on your steering wheel. You willreturn to your previously preset speed.

To turn cruise control off, do oneof the following:• Push the CRUISE ON/OFF button on

the steering wheel (the CRUISE indi-cator light in the instrument cluster willgo OFF).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions cancel cruise con-trol operation. If you want to resumecruise control operation, repeat the stepsprovided in “To Set Cruise ControlSpeed” on the previous page. To increase cruise control set

speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Depress the RES/ACCEL switch and

hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the switch at the speed youwant.

• Depress the RES/ACCEL switch andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase 1.6 km/h (1 mph)by one touch and will be memorized tothe reset speed.

OGH046337N

Page 152: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 21

Driving your vehicle

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control onIf you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress theaccelerator pedal. Increased speed willnot interfere with cruise control operationor change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator.

To decrease the cruising speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Depress the COAST/SET switch and

hold it. Your vehicle will gradually slowdown. Release the switch at the speedyou want to maintain.

• Depress the COAST/SET switch andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will decrease 1.6 km/h (1 mph)by one touch and will be memorized tothe reset speed.

To resume cruising speed atmore than 40 km/h (24 mph):If any method other than the CRUISEON/OFF switch was used to cancel cruis-ing speed and the system is still activat-ed, the most recent set speed will auto-matically resume when the RES/ACCELswitch is depressed.It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below 40km/h (24mph).

OGH046336N OGH046337N

Page 153: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

224

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)monitors information from various vehiclesensors and then compares the driver'scommands with the actual behavior ofthe vehicle. If an unstable condition iscreated by the driver - a sudden evasivemovement for example - ESC interveneswithin fractions of a second via theengine computer and brake system andattempts to stabilize the vehicle.

ESC operationESC ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESC and ESC OFF indi-cator lights illuminate forapproximately 3 seconds,then ESC is turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF button toturn ESC off. (ESC OFF indi-cator will illuminate). To turnthe ESC on, press the ESCOFF button (ESC OFF indica-tor light will go off).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tickingsound. This is the ESC per-forming an automatic systemself-check and does not indi-cate a problem.

When operatingWhen the ESC is in operation,ESC indicator light blinks.• When the Electronic Stability

Control is operating properly,you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control andindicates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the mudor slippery road, pressing theaccelerator pedal may notcause the engine rpm (revo-lutions per minute) toincrease.

ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)

- ESC

OGH036003N

Page 154: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 23

Driving your vehicle

ESC operation offESC OFF state

• To cancel ESC operation,press the ESC OFF button(ESC OFF indicator light illu-minates).

• If the ignition switch is turnedto LOCK position when ESC isoff, ESC remains off. Uponrestarting the engine, the ESCwill automatically turn onagain. Indicator light

When ignition switch is turned to ON, theindicator light illuminates, then goes off ifESC system is operating normally.The ESC indicator light blinks wheneverESC is operating.ESC OFF indicator light comes on wheneither the ESC is turned off with the but-ton, or ESC fails to operate when turnedon.

ESCOFF

ESC

ESCOFF

■ ESC indicator light (blinks)

■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)

WARNINGThe Electronic Stability Control sys-tem is only a driving aid; use pre-cautions for safe driving by slowingdown on curved, snowy, or icyroads. Drive slowly and don’tattempt to accelerate whenever theESC indicator light is blinking, orwhen the road surface is slippery.

Page 155: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

244

ESC OFF usageWhen driving• It’s a good idea to keep the ESC turned

on for daily driving whenever possible.• To turn ESC off while driving, press the

ESC OFF button while driving on a flatroad surface.

Never press ESC OFF button while ESCis operating (ESC indicator light blinks).If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat-ing, the vehicle may slip out of control.

✽✽ NOTICE• When measuring the vehicle speed

with a Chassis dynamo-meter, makesure the ESC is turned off (ESC OFFlight illuminated). If the ESC is lefton, it may prevent the vehicle speedfrom increasing, and cause a falsediagnosis of a faulty speedometer.

• Turning the ESC off does not affectABS or brake system operation.

WARNINGNever press the ESC OFF buttonwhile ESC is operating.If the ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, the vehicle may slip outof control.To turn ESC off while driving, pressthe ESC OFF button while drivingon a flat road surface.

Page 156: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 25

Driving your vehicle

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

OGH026034C

1. Tachometer2. Turn signal indicators3. Speedometer4. Engine temperature gauge5. Warning and indicator lights6. Odometer / Tripmeter7. Shift position indicator 8. Fuel gauge

Page 157: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

264

Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forwardspeed of the vehicle.

Odometer/TripmeterYou can choose the odometer, tripmeterA and tripmeter B by pressing the trip-meter mode button (TRIP A/B).

OdometerThe odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.

TripmeterTRIP A: Tripmeter ATRIP B: Tripmeter BThe tripmeter indicates the distance ofindividual trips selected by the driver.Tripmeter A and B can be reset to 0 bypressing the RESET button for 1 secondor more, and then releasing.

Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.The tachometer pointer may move slight-ly when the ignition switch is in ACC orON position with the engine OFF. Thismovement is normal and will not affectthe accuracy of the tachometer once theengine is running.

Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of theengine coolant when the ignition switchis ON.Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “Overheating” in the Index.

GAUGES

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE.This may cause severe engine dam-age.

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer moves beyondthe normal range area toward the“H” position, it indicates overheat-ing that may damage the engine.

Page 158: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 27

Driving your vehicle

Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank.Fuel tank capacity - 70 liters.The fuel gauge is supplemented by a lowfuel warning light, which will illuminatewhen the fuel tank is nearly empty.

Instrument panel illuminationWhen the vehicle’s parking lights or head-lights are on, rotate the illumination con-trol knob to adjust the instrument panelillumination intensity.

OGH036903NWARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must obtain additional fuel assoon as possible after the warninglight comes on or when the gaugeindicator comes close to the Elevel.

Page 159: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

284

Warning lights / audible indica-tors Checking operation All warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by an Authorized KiaDealer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anyare still on, this indicates a situation thatneeds attention. When releasing theparking brake, the brake system warninglight should go off. The fuel warning lightwill stay on if the fuel level is low.

Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light (if equipped) This light illuminates if the key is turnedto ON and goes off approximately 3 sec-onds if the system is operating normally.If the light stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS system. Contactan authorized Kia dealer as soon as pos-sible.

Electronic brake forcedistribution (EBD) sys-tem warning light (if equipped)If two warning lights illumi-nate at the same time whiledriving, your vehicle has aproblem with ABS and EBDsystem.

In this case, your ABS system and regu-lar brake system may not work normally.Have the vehicle checked by anAuthorized Kia Dealer as soon as possi-ble.

WARNINGS AND INDICATORS

ABS

ABS

WARNINGIf both ABS and Brake warninglights are ON and stay ON, yourvehicle’s brake system will not worknormally. In such a case, you mayexperience an unexpected and dan-gerous situation when brakingabruptly. When both ABS and brakelights are on, avoid high speed driv-ing and abrupt braking. Have yourvehicle checked by an AuthorizedKia Dealer as soon as possible.

Page 160: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 29

Driving your vehicle

Engine oilpressurewarning This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates while driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call anAuthorized Kia Dealer.

Charging system warning This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electricalcharging system.If the warning light comes on while thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have an AuthorizedKia Dealer correct the problem assoon as possible.

Safety belt warning

If the driver’s lap/shoulder belt is not fas-tened when the key is turned ON or if it isunfastened after the key is ON, the safe-ty belt warning light blinks until the belt isfastened.If the system does not operate asdescribed, see an Authorized Kia Dealerfor assistance.

CHECK

ENGINE OIL!

RECHARGE

BATTERY

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stopped imme-diately, severe damage could result.

Page 161: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

304

Front fog light indicator(if equipped)

This light comes on when the front foglights are ON.

Stop/Tail light failurewarning This light indicates a malfunction in thestop/tail light circuit, such as a burnedout bulb. If this indicator comes on,check for a burned out stop/tail lamp, ifthe indicator is still on have the vehiclechecked by an authorized Kia dealer forservice.

Shift patternindicators

The individual indicators illuminate toshow the shift lever selection.

Taillight indicator (if equipped)

This light comes on when the taillightsare ON.

Parking brake & brakefluid warning Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switch inthe START or ON position. The warninglight should go off when the parkingbrake is released.

Low brake fluid level warningIf the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have it towed to any Authorized KiaDealer for a brake system inspectionand necessary repairs.

To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

CHECK

STOP LAMP!

WARNINGDriving the vehicle with a warninglight on is dangerous. If the brakewarning light remains on, have thebrakes checked and repaired imme-diately by an Authorized Kia Dealer.

Page 162: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 31

Driving your vehicle

Trunk lid openwarning

This warning light activates when thetrunk is not closed securely.

Low fuel level warning

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. The warning light willcome on when the fuel level has droppedto about 9 liters. Refuel as soon as pos-sible.

Door open display

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely with the igni-tion in any position. And the door opendisplay will illuminate the correspondingposition light which door is not closedsecurely.

Immobilizer indicator (if equipped)

This light illuminates when the immobiliz-er key is inserted and turned to the ONposition to start the engine.If this light turns off or blinks when theignition switch is in the ON positionbefore starting the engine, have the sys-tem checked by an authorized KiaDealer.

Headlight high beamindicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

Malfunction indicator (if equipped)

This indicator light is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis light illuminates while driving, it indi-cates that a potential problem has beendetected somewhere in the emissioncontrol system.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable and will not need towing, buthave the system checked by anAuthorized Kia Dealer as soon as possi-ble.

✽✽ NOTICEA loose fuel filler cap may cause the OnBoard Diagnostic System MalfunctionIndicator Light ( ) in the instrumentpanel to illuminate unnecessarily.Always make sure that the fuel filler capis tight.

TRUNKOPEN!

LOW FUEL

DOOROPEN!

Page 163: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

324

Air bag warning (if equipped)

This warning light will blink or illuminatefor approximately 6 seconds each timeyou turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.If this indicator does not go out, or if it illu-minates while the vehicle is being driven,see an Authorized Kia Dealer for immedi-ate service.

Low washerfluid level warning indicator (if equipped) This warning light indicates the washerfluid reservoir is nearly empty. Refill thewasher fluid as soon as possible.

Auto cruise indicator(if equipped)CRUISE indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise control system is enabled.

SET indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise function switch (COAST/ SET orRES/ACCEL) is ON.

CAUTION• Prolonged driving with the

Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light ( ) illuminated may cause dam-age to the emission control sys-tems which could effect drivabili-ty and/or fuel economy.

• If the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light ( )begins to flash ON and OFF,potential catalytic converter dam-age is possible which could resultin loss of engine power. Have theEngine Control System inspectedas soon as possible by anAuthorized Kia Dealer.

AIRBAG

LOW WASHERLIQUID!

CRUISE

SET

Page 164: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 33

Driving your vehicle

ESC indicator (Electronic StabilityControl) (if equipped)

The ESC indicator will illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned ON, butshould go off after approximately 3 sec-onds. When the ESC is on, it monitorsthe driving conditions and under normaldriving conditions, the ESC light willremain off. When a slippery or low trac-tion condition is encountered, the ESCwill operate, and the ESC indicator willblink to indicate the ESC is operating.

ESC OFF indicator(if equipped)

The ESC OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. To switch to ESC OFF mode,press the ESC OFF button. The ESCOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe ESC is deactivated. If this indicatorstays on in the ESC ON mode, the ESCmay have a malfunction. Take your car toan authorized Kia dealer and have thesystem checked.

Safety belt warning chime If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition key is turned “ON” or ifit is disconnected after the key is ON, thesafety belt warning chime will sound forapproximately 6 seconds.

Key reminder warning chimeIf the driver’s door is opened and the igni-tion key is left in the ignition switch in theLOCK or ACC position, the key reminderwarning chime will sound. This is to pre-vent you from locking your keys in thevehicle.

ESC ESCOFF

Page 165: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

344

Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the small light when the driverremoves the ignition key and opens thedriver- side door.

• With this feature, the parklight will beturned off automatically if the driverparks on the side of road at night.

If necessary, to keep the lights on whenthe ignition key is removed, perform thefollowing :1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parklights OFF and ON again

using the light switch on the steeringcolumn.

Lighting control The light switch has a Headlight and aParklight position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions:➀ OFF position➁ Parklight position➂ Headlight position

Parklight position ( )When the light switch is in the parklightposition (1st position), the tail, position,license and instrument panel lights areON.

LIGHTING

2GHN2055A 2GHN2053

Page 166: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 35

Driving your vehicle

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition (2nd position) the head, tail,position, license and instrument panellights are ON.

High - beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull it backfor low beams.The high-beam indicator will light whenthe headlight high beams are switchedon.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on for aprolonged time while the engine is notrunning.

Flashing headlights To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low-beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

2GHN2053A 2GHN2211A 2GHN2210A

Page 167: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

364

CAUTIONIf the automatic headlight aimingsystem does not operate when thevehicle is loaded with passengersand the front portion of the vehicleis at an elevated angle, or it is notadjusting correctly, have the vehiclechecked and repaired by an author-ized Kia dealer. Do not attempt toadjust the headlights manually,damage to the automatic headlightaiming system could occur.

Turn signalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn on theturn signals, move the lever up or down.Green arrow indicators on the instrumentpanel indicate which turn signal is oper-ating. They will self-cancel after a turn iscompleted. If the indicator continues toflash after a turn, manually return thelever to the OFF position.

Lane change signals To signal a lane change, move the turnsignal lever slightly and hold it in position.The lever will return to the OFF positionwhen released.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out andwill require replacement.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormally quickor slow, bulb may be burned out or havea poor electrical connection in the cir-cuit.

Automatic headlight aiming (if equipped)To provide better driver visibility andreduce eye fatigue, the headlight aiming(direction) is automatically controlleddepending on vehicle load and vehicleangle (when vehicle is loaded with pas-sengers, cargo or used for towing, theadditional load can alter the headlightaiming point on the road surface). Thissystem provides constant automaticheadlight aiming under various vehicleconditions and angles to ensure theheadlights are always pointed in the rightdirection.

2GHN2055

Right turn

Left turn

Left lanechange

Right lanechange

Page 168: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 37

Driving your vehicle

Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility and avoid accidents when visibil-ity is poor due to fog, rain or snow etc.The fog lights will turn on when fog lightswitch (➀) is turned to ON (➁) after theheadlight switch is turned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn the switchto OFF.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen in operation, the fog lights con-sume large amounts of vehicle electricalpower. Only use the fog lights when vis-ibility is poor or unnecessary batteryand generator drain could occur.

Daytime running light (if equipped)Daytime Running Lights (DRL) canmake it easier for others to see the frontof your vehicle during the day. DRL canbe helpful in many different driving condi-tions, and it is escecially helpful afterdawn and before sunset.The DRL system will make your high-beam headlights turn OFF when:1. The head light switch is ON.2. The parking brake is engaged.3. Engine stops.

2GHN2063

➀➁

Page 169: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

384

Windshield wipers Type AOperates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.OFF : Wiper is not in operationINT : Wiper operates intermittently at

the same wiping intervals. Usethis mode in a light rain or mist. Tovary the speed setting, turn thespeed control knob(➀).

LO : Normal wiper speedHI : Fast wiper speed

: For a single wiping cycle, push thelever forward and release it withthe lever in the OFF position. Thewipers will operate continuously ifthe lever is pushed upward andheld.

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windshield, defrost thewindshield for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windshield wipers toensure proper operation.

Type BOperates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.OFF/LO/HI/ : See the explanation fortype A operation.

AUTO (if equipped) :The rain sensor located on the upper endof windshield glass senses the amount ofrainfall and controls the wiping cycle forthe proper intervals. The more it rains,the faster the wiper operates. When therain stops, the wiper stops. To vary thespeed setting, turn the speed controlknob (➀).If the ignition switch is turned ON whenthe wiper switch is set in AUTO mode, orwiper switch is set in AUTO mode whenthe ignition switch is ON, wiper will oper-ate once to perform a self-check of thesystem. Set the wiper to OFF positionwhen the wiper is not in use.

WIPERS AND WASHERS

7GHN2056 7GHN2054A

Sensor

Page 170: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 39

Driving your vehicle

Variable intermittent wipersSet the lever to the INT position andchoose the desired wiper interval by turn-ing the ring.

7GHN2209

CAUTION When the ignition switch is ON andthe windshield wiper switch isplaced in the AUTO mode, use cau-tion in the following situations toavoid any injury to the hands orother parts of the body:• Do not touch the upper end of the

windshield glass facing the rainsensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end of thewindshield glass with a damp orwet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on the wind-shield glass.

CAUTION When washing the vehicle, set thewiper switch in the OFF position tostop the auto wiper operation.Wiper may operate and be damagedif the switch is set in AUTO modewhile washing vehicle.Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of the pas-senger side windshield glass.Damage to system parts couldoccur and may not be covered byyou vehicle warranty.When the starting the vehicle inwinter, set the wiper switch in theOFF position. Otherwise, wipersmay operate and ice may damagethe windshield wiper blades.Always remove all snow and iceand defrost the windshield properlyprior to operating the windshieldwipers.

Page 171: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

404

One - touch wiper For a single wiping cycle, push the leverupward and release it with the lever in theOFF position.The wipers will operate continuously ifthe lever is pushed upward and held.

Windshield washers In the OFF position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindshield and to run the wipers 2-3cycles.Use this function when the windshield isdirty.The spray and wiper operation will con-tinue until you release the lever.

7GHA2056A

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do notoperate the wipers when thewindshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

7GHN2210

Page 172: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 41

Driving your vehicle

If the washer does not work, check thewasher fluid level. If the fluid level is notsufficient, you will need to add appropri-ate non-abrasive windshield washer fluidto the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thepassenger side.

The defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from theinterior and exterior of the rear window,while the engine is running.

To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the heater contorl panel. Theindicator on the rear window defrosterbutton illuminates when the defroster isON.If your vehicle is equipped with the frontwindshield deicer, it will be operating atthe same time when you operate the rearwindow defroster.If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after 20 minutes or when theignition switch is turned off. To turn off thedefroster, press the rear windowdefroster button again.WARNING

Do not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windshield with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze oncontact with the windshield andobscure your vision.

DEFROSTER

OGH026044CAUTION

To prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

Page 173: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

424

✽✽ NOTICE• To prevent damage to the conductors

bonded to the inside surface of thebottom of the front windshield and therear window, never use sharp instru-ments or window cleaners containingabrasives to clean the window.

• To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, operate the defroster onlywhile the engine is running.

• The front windshield defroster isdesigned to defrost wiper blades. Ifyou want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to “WindshieldDefrosting and Defogging” in this sec-tion.

The hazard warning flasher causes therear tail lights and front turn signal lightsto flash on and off, which serves as awarning to other drivers to exercise cau-tion when approaching or passing yourvehicle.To activate the flasher, depress the haz-ard warning flasher switch. This switchoperates in any ignition switch position.To turn the flashers off, depress theswitch again.

OGH026040

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

Page 174: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 43

Driving your vehicle

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

OGH026051N/OGH026052

1. A/C display2. Driver’s temperature control button3. AUTO (automatic control) button4. Air conditioning button5. Fan speed control button6. Mode selection button7. Dual temperature control selection button

8. Front windshield defrost button9. Rear window defrost button 10. OFF button11. Recirculated air position button12. Outside (fresh) air position button13. Passenger’s temperature control button14. Rear climate control selection button

Page 175: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

444

Automatic operationThe automatic climate control system iscontrolled by simply setting the desiredtemperature.The Full Automatic Temperature Control(FATC) system automatically controls theheating and cooling system as follows;

1. Push the AUTO button. The indicatorlight will come on and the modes, fanspeeds, air intake and air-conditioningwill be controlled automatically by tem-perature setting.

2. Push the TEMP button to set thedesired temperature.If the temperature is set to the lowestsetting 17°C/62°F (Lo), the air condi-tioning system will operate continu-ously.

3. To turn the automatic operation off,press any button except temperaturecontrol button. If you press the modeselection button, air-conditioning but-ton, defrost button, recirculated airposition button, outside (fresh) airposition button or fan speed button,the selected function will be controlledmanually while other functions operateautomatically.

Regardless of the temperature setting,when using automatic operation, the airconditioning system will automaticallyturn on to decrease the humidity insidethe vehicle, even if the temperature is setto warm.

✽✽ NOTICENever place anything over the sensorlocated on the instrument panel toensure better control of the heating andcooling system.

OGH026053 1GHA2233

Page 176: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 45

Driving your vehicle

Manual operation The heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually as well by pushingbuttons other than the AUTO button. Inthis case, the system works sequentiallyaccording to the order of buttons select-ed.When pressing any button except AUTO,the functions of the buttons not selectedwill be controlled automatically.Press the AUTO button in order to con-vert to full automatic control of the sys-tem. Temperature control button

The temperature will increase to themaximum 32°C/90°F (HI) by pushing theup button. Each push of the button willcause the temperature to increase by 0.5°C/1°F.The temperature will decrease to theminimum 17°C/62°F (Lo) by pushing thedown button. Each push of the button willcause the temperature to decrease by0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowest tem-perature setting, the air conditioning willoperate continuously.

Dual temperature control selec-tion buttonAdjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature individually 1. Press the DUAL button to operate the

driver and passenger side temperatureindividually (the indicator light in thebutton illuminates). Pressing the righttemperature control button will auto-matically switch to the DUAL mode aswell.

2. Press the left temperature control toadjust the driver side temperature.Press the right temperature control toadjust the passenger side tempera-ture.

OGH026060NOGH026059N

Page 177: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

464

Adjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature equally1. Press the DUAL button again or if you

select the highest (HI) or lowest (Lo)temperature, the DUAL mode deacti-vates (the indicator light in the buttonturns off). The passenger side temper-ature will be set to the same tempera-ture as the driver side.

2. Press the left temperature control but-ton. The driver and passenger sidetemperature will be adjusted equally.

Temperature conversionIf the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the temperature mode willreset as Centigrade degrees.This is normal condition and you canswitch the temperature mode betweenCentigrade to Fahrenheit as follows;While depressing the MODE button,depress the DUAL button for 3 secondsor more. The display will change fromCentigrade to Fahrenheit, or fromFahrenheit to Centigrade.

Fan speed control buttonThe fan speed can be set to the desiredspeed by turning the appropriate fanspeed control knob.The higher the fan speed is, the more airis delivered.Pressing the “OFF” button turns off thefan.

Air intake control button This is used to select outside (fresh) airposition or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

OGH026062

Page 178: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 47

Driving your vehicle

Recirculated air positionThe indicator light on the button is illumi-nated when the recirculated air positionbutton is depressed.With the recirculated air position select-ed, air from the passenger compartmentwill be drawn through the heating systemand heated or cooled according to thefunction selected.

Outside (fresh) air positionThe indicator light on the button is illumi-nated when the outside (fresh) air posi-tion button is depressed.With the outside (fresh) air positionselected, air enters the vehicle from out-side and is heated or cooled according tothe function selected.When starting the vehicle, the system isautomatically set to the outside (fresh) airposition. Press the button once to selectthe recirculated air position.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heating inrecirculated air position will cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment will become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the air con-ditioning with the “recirculated air posi-tion” selected, will result in excessivelydry air in the passenger compartment.

OGH026061N

WARNING• Continued climate control system

operation in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscurevisibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with airconditioning or heating systemon. It may cause serious harm ordeath due to a drop in the oxygenlevel and/or body temperature.

• Continued climate control systemoperation in the reciruclated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake controlto the outside (fresh) air positionas much as possible while driv-ing.

OGH026063N

Page 179: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

484

Mode selection button The mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.The air flow outlet port is converted asfollows:

OGH026056

OGH026055N

Page 180: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 49

Driving your vehicle

Face position Air flow is directed toward theupper body and face.Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dis-charged from the outlet.(outlet port: )

Face - floor position Air flow is directed towards theface and the floor. The air tothe floor is warmer than the airto the face (except when thetemperature control is set tothe extreme cold position).(outlet port: , , )

Floor position Most of the air flow is directedto the floor, with a smallamount of the air being direct-ed to the windshield and sidewindow defroster.(outlet port: , , , )

Floor - defrost position Most of the air flow is directedto the floor and the windshieldwith a small amount directed tothe side window defrosters.(outlet port: , , , )

Defrost button Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.(outlet port: , )When the defrost button is pressed, theoutside (fresh) air position will automati-cally be selected and air will be dis-charged through the windshield defrostvents. The air conditioning will automati-cally operate based on ambient tempera-ture.

B

B C

A

E

E

C D E

A C D

OGH026058

A D

Page 181: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

504

Instrument panel ventsIf air flow control is not satisfactory, checkthe instrument panel vents. The outletport ( ) can be opened or closed sepa-rately using the thumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using verticalor horizontal thumbwheels as shown.

Air conditioning button Push the A/C button to turn the air condi-tioning system on (indicator light will illu-minate).Push the button again to turn the air con-ditioning system off.

OFF buttonPush the OFF button to turn off the airclimate control system. However you canstill operate the mode and air intake but-tons as long as the ignition switch is ON.

OGH026057N

B

OGH026064 OGH026065

Page 182: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 51

Driving your vehicle

Air conditioning system opera-tion tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct

sunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of thewindows on rainy humid days,decrease the humidity inside the vehi-cle by operating the air conditioningsystem.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in the engine speed asthe air conditioning compressor cycleson. This is a normal system operationcharacteristics.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth only for a few minutes to ensuremaximum system performance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even pudding) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristics.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position doesprovide maximum cooling, however,continual operation in this mode maycause the air inside the vehicle tobecome stale.

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a bad influ-ence on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized Kia dealer.

CAUTIONWhen the performance of the airconditioning system is reduced it isimportant that the correct type andamount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, damage to thecompressor and abnormal systemoperation may occur.

CAUTIONWhen using the air conditioningsystem, monitor the temperaturegauge closely while driving up hillsor in heavy traffic when outsidetemperatures are high. Air condi-tioning system operation maycause engine overheating.Continue to use the blower fan butturn the air conditioning system offif the temperature gauge indicatesengine overheating.

WARNINGThe air conditioning system shouldbe serviced by an authorized Kiadealer. Improper service may causeserious injury to the person per-forming the service.

Page 183: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving your vehicle

524

Rear climate control The rear climate control system allowsthe rear passengers to adjust the tem-perature and airflow distribution using thecontrol panel located on the back of thecenter console, facing the rear passen-ger compartment. The rear climate con-trol system only operates when the frontclimate control system is on and, sup-plements the functions of the front cli-mate control system for increased rearpassenger comfort.

Operating the rear climate controlsystemTo operate the rear climate control sys-tem, perform the following:1. Press the rear climate control selec-

tion button in the front control panel( ) (the indicator light in the buttonilluminates).

2. Turn the temperature control knoblocated between the vents on the rearcontrol panel to adjust the tempera-ture. Turn the knob up (RED mark)when warm air is desired, or down(BLUE mark) when cool air is desired.

3. Adjust the direction of the airflow usingthe vent control lever.

REARREAR

OGH026068

OGH026070

OGH026071

Page 184: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

4 53

Driving your vehicle

To defog inside windshield 1. Select desired fan speed2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The air-conditioning will be turned on

according to the detected ambienttemperature and outside (fresh) airposition will be selected automatically.

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set fan speed to the or

position.2. Set temperature to the extreme hot

(25~32°C / 77~90°F) position.3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The air-conditioning will be turned on

according to the detected ambienttemperature and outside (fresh) airposition will be selected automatically.

• For maximum defrosting, set the tem-perature control button to the hot posi-tion and the fan speed control button tothe highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whiledefrosting or defogging, set the modeselection button to the floor- defrostposition.

• Before driving, clear all snow and icefrom the windshield, rear window, out-side rear view mirrors, and all side win-dows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the hoodand air inlet in the cowl grill to improveheater and defroster efficiency and toreduce the probability of fogging upinside of the windshield.

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

WARNINGDo not use defrost position duringcooling operation in extremelyhumid weather. The differencebetween the temperature of the out-side air and that of the windshieldcould cause the outer surface of thewindshield to fog up, causing lossof visibility.

OGH026075N OGH026076N

Page 185: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

5

Fuel requirements / 5-2Emission control system / 5-3Before driving / 5-5Suggestions for economical operation / 5-6Special driving conditions / 5-7Vehicle load limit / 5-11Weight of the vehicle / 5-15Trailer towing / 5-16Label information / 5-23Homelink® wireless control system / 5-25

Driving tips

Page 186: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving tips

25

FUEL REQUIREMENTSGasoline engine (unleaded)Your new Kia vehicle is designed to useonly unleaded fuel with a minimumOctane Rating of 87 Anti-Knock Index(AKI).

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alcohol),and gasoline or gasohol containingmethanol (also known as wood alcohol)are being marketed along with or insteadof leaded or unleaded gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline orgasohol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of any kind ifdrivability problems occur.

Vehicle damage or driveability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1. Gasohol containing more than 10%

ethanol.2. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

✽✽ NOTICENever use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of any gaso-hol product which impairs drivability.

CAUTIONNEVER USE LEADED FUEL. Theuse of leaded fuel is detrimental tothe catalytic converter and willdamage the engine control sys-tem’s oxygen sensor and affectemission control.Never add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat Kia has specified. (Consult anAuthorized Kia Dealer for details.)

Page 187: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

5 3

Driving tips

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMThe emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Warranty &Consumer Information Manual in yourvehicle.

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your Kia could affect itsperformance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.

Engine exhaust gas precautions(carbon monoxide)

• Carbon monoxide can be present withother exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately by an authorizedKia dealer or other competent repairshop. If you ever suspect exhaustfumes are coming into your vehicle,drive it only with all the windows fullyopen. Have your vehicle checked andrepaired immediately.

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to re-start theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

WARNINGEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Though color-less and odorless, it is dangerousand could be lethal if inhaled.Follow the instructions following toavoid CO poisoning.

Page 188: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving tips

45

Operating precautions for catalyt-ic converters

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso-

line engine (unleaded).• Do not operate the vehicle when there

are signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.If your run out of gasoline, it couldcause the engine to misfire and resultin excessive loading of the catalyticconverter.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by a qualified techni-cian.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranties.

WARNING - FireA hot exhaust system can igniteflammable items under your vehi-cle. Do not park the vehicle over ornear flammable objects, such asdry grass, paper, leaves, etc.

Page 189: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

5 5

Driving tips

BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle:• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis,with the exact interval depending on thefluid. Further details are provided inSection 7, Maintenance.

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls are

easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is dangerous.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the highway deathtoll each year. Even a small amountof alcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgement.You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink anddrive.If you are drinking or taking drugs,don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-er who has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driveror call a cab.Driving while under the influence ofdrugs is as dangerous or more dan-gerous than driving drunk.

Page 190: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving tips

65

SUGGESTIONS FOR ECONOMICAL OPERATIONYour vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manykilometers (miles) you can get from a liter(gallon) of fuel. To operate your vehicleas economically as possible, use the fol-lowing driving suggestions to help savemoney in both fuel and repairs:• Avoid lengthy warm-up idling. Once the

engine is running smoothly, begin driv-ing. Remember, engine warm-up maytake a little longer on cold days.

• Save fuel by accelerating slowly afterstopping.

• Keep the engine in tune and follow therecommended periodic maintenanceschedule. This will increase the life ofall parts and lower your operatingcosts.

• Do not use the air conditioner unnec-essarily.

• Slow down when driving on roughroads.

• For longer tire life and better fuel econ-omy, always keep the tires inflated tothe recommended pressures.

• Maintain a safe distance from othervehicles to avoid sudden stops. Thiswill reduce wear on brake linings andpads. Driving in such a way will alsosave fuel because extra fuel is requiredto accelerate back to driving speed.

• Do not carry unnecessary weight in thevehicle.

• Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal while driving. This can causeneedless wear, possible damage to thebrakes, and poor fuel economy.

• Improper wheel alignment results infaster tire wear and lower fuel econo-my.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have an authorized Kiadealer perform scheduled inspectionsand maintenance.

WARNING - Engine off dur-ing motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not function with-out the engine running. Instead,downshift to an appropriate gear forengine braking effect.

Page 191: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

5 7

Driving tips

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden movements in braking or

steering.• When braking, pump the brake pedal

with a light up-and-down motion untilthe vehicle is stopped.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not pump the brake pedal on a vehi-cle equipped with ABS.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, orother non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction when stalledin ice, snow, or mud.

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle tofree it from snow, sand, or mud, first turnthe steering wheel right and left to clearthe area around your front wheels. Then,shift back and forth between R (Reverse)and any forward gear in vehiclesequipped with an automatic transaxle. Donot race the engine, and spin the wheelsas little as possible. If you are still stuckafter a few tries, have the vehicle pulledout by a tow vehicle to avoid engineoverheating and possible damage to thetransaxle.

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransaxle, while driving on slipperysurfaces can cause an accident.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Becareful when downshifting on slip-pery surfaces.

Page 192: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving tips

85

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged rocking may cause engineover-heating, transaxle damage or fail-ure, and tire damage.

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the slick pavement. Here are afew things to consider when driving in therain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windshield wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindshield wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tires are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal braking oper-ation returns.

WARNING - Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 56 km/h (35mph). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tire to overheat,explode and injure bystanders.

Page 193: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

5 9

Driving tips

Winter driving• We recommend that you carry emer-

gency equipment, including tire chains,a window scraper, windshield de-icer,a bag of sand or salt, flares, a smallshovel and jumper cables.

• Make sure you have sufficient ethyl-ene-glycol coolant in the radiator.

• Check the battery condition andcables. Cold temperatures reduce thecapacity of any battery, so it must be inexcellent condition to provide enoughwinter starting power.

• Make sure the engine oil viscosity issuitable for cold weather.

• Check the ignition system for looseconnections and damage.

• Use antifreeze-formulated windshieldwasher fluid. (Do not use enginecoolant antifreeze.)

• Do not use the parking brake if it mightfreeze. When parking, shift to P (Park)with an automatic transaxle and blockthe rear wheels.

Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your Kia,make sure they are radial tires of thesame size and load range as the originaltires. Mount snow tires on all four wheelsto balance your vehicle’s handling in allweather conditions. Keep in mind that thetraction provided by snow tires on dryroads may not be as high as your vehi-cle's original equipment tires. You shoulddrive cautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer for max-imum speed recommendations.Do not install studded tires without firstchecking local, state and municipal regu-lations for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes while the vehicle is moving slowly.

WARNING - Snow tire sizeSnow tires should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's stan-dard tires. Otherwise, the safety andhandling of your vehicle may beadversely affected.

Page 194: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving tips

105

HLA (Hydraulic Lash Adjuster)noiseThe engine HLA's keep the gap betweenthe valve and cam at zero regardless ofthe valve expansion.Occasionally, you may hear a temporaryor continuous sound (clatter) from theengine when starting or idling. This noisewill usually go away by following a fewsimple steps:

If the temporary sound occurs whenstarting a cold engine:This is a normal condition. This soundwill disappear after the engine oil hasreached normal operating pressure.

If the sound occurs when starting theengine after the engine has not been oper-ated for more than 48 hours; or enginehas been cranked excessively:This condition may be caused by oildraining from the HLA's.This allows air toenter the HLA causing insufficient lubri-cating oil in the HLA. This will usually dis-appear within 15 minutes with the enginerunning at 2000~3000 rpm. If the sounddoes not disappear, have the engine oilpressure, engine lubrication system andHLA's inspected by an Authorized KiaDealer.

CAUTIONDo not run the engine at more than3000 rpm until the noise goes away.Damage to the HLA's could occur.

Page 195: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

5 11

Driving tips

VEHICLE LOAD LIMITVehicle capacity weight:390 kg (860 lbs)Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equippedwith a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

Seating capacity:Total : 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.However the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried or towed.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

P235/55R17

P235/55R17

P235/55R17

390 860860390

OGH056900N

P235/55R17 210kPa, 30psi

210kPa, 30psi

420kPa, 60psi

P235/55R17

T125/80D16

390 860860390

OGH056910N

Type A

Type B

P225/60R16

P225/60R16

P235/55R17

390 860860390

OGH056912N

210kPa, 30psi

210kPa, 30psi

420kPa, 60psiT125/80D16

390 860860390

P225/60R16

P225/60R16

OGH056913N

Type C

Type D

Tire and loading information labelThe label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tirepressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can bein your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.

Page 196: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving tips

125

Towing capacity:Without trailer brakes:454 kg (1000 lbs)With trailer brakes:908 kg (2000 lbs)Towing capacity is the maximumtrailer weight including its cargoweight, your vehicle can tow.

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants and the tongue load, ifyour vehicle is equipped with a trail-er.

Steps for determining correctload limit1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle'splacard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 635 kg(1400 lbs.), and there will be five68 kg (150 lbs.) passengers inyour vehicle, the amount of avail-able cargo and luggage loadcapacity is 295 kg (650 lbs.).(635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg or1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-er, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of yourvehicle.

Page 197: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

5 13

Driving tips

C190F01JM

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 635 kg

Weight (1400 lbs)Subtract Occupant

B Weight 136 kg

68 kg (150 lbs) × 2(300 lbs)

CAvailable Cargo and 499 kg

Luggage weight (1100 lbs)

Example 1

A B C

C190F02JM

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 635 kg

Weight (1400 lbs)Subtract Occupant

B Weight 340 kg

68 kg (150 lbs) × 5(750 lbs)

CAvailable Cargo and 295 kg

Luggage weight (650 lbs)

A B C

Example 2

C190F03JM

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 635 kg

Weight (1400 lbs)Subtract Occupant

B Weight 390 kg

78 kg (172 lbs) × 5(860 lbs)

CAvailable Cargo and 245 kg

Luggage weight (540 lbs)

A B C

Example 3

Refer to your vehicle's tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weightand seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle'scapacity weight.

Page 198: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving tips

145

Compliance labelThe compliance label is located onthe driver's door sill.This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh yourvehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

✽✽ NOTICE• Overloading your vehicle may

cause damage. Repairs would notbe covered by your warranty. Donot overload your vehicle.

• Using heavier suspension compo-nents to get added durabilitymight not change your weight rat-ings. Ask your dealer to help youload your vehicle the right way.

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

1JBN5901

WARNING - Over loading• Never exceed the GVWR for

your vehicle, the GAWR foreither the front or rear axleand vehicle capacity weight.Exceeding these ratings cancause an accident or vehicledamage.You can calculate theweight of your load by weigh-ing the items (or people)before putting them in thevehicle. Be careful not to over-load your vehicle.

• Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR, eitherthe maximum front or rearGAWR and vehicle capacityweight.

(Continued)

(Continued)If you do, parts, including tireson your vehicle can break, andit can change the way yourvehicle handles and brakingability.This could cause you tolose control and crash. Also,overloading can shorten thelife of your vehicle.

Page 199: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

5 15

Driving tips

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.

This section will guide you in theproper loading of your vehicle and/ortrailer, to keep your loaded vehicleweight within its design rating capa-bility, with or without a trailer.Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehi-cle design performance. Before load-ing your vehicle, familiarize yourselfwith the following terms for determin-ing your vehicle's weight ratings, withor without a trailer, from the vehicle'sspecifications and the compliancelabel:Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicleincluding a full tank of fuel and allstandard equipment. It does notinclude passengers, cargo, or option-al equipment.Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your deal-er plus any aftermarket equipment.Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight addedto the Base Curb Weight, includingcargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed oneach axle (front and rear) - includingvehicle curb weight and all payload.GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowableweight that can be carried by a singleaxle (front or rear). These numbersare shown on the compliance label.The total load on each axle mustnever exceed its GAWR.GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plusactual Cargo Weight plus passen-gers.GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowableweight of the fully loaded vehicle(including all options, equipment,passengers and cargo). The GVWRis shown on the compliance labellocated on the driver’s door sill.

WARNING - Loose cargoItems you carry inside yourvehicle can strike and injureoccupants in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.• Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle. Try to spread theweight evenly.

• Never stack items, like suit-cases, inside the vehicleabove the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in your vehicle.

• When you carry somethinginside the vehicle, secure it.

• Do not drive with a seat foldeddown unless necessary.

WEIGHT OF THE VEHICLE

Page 200: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving tips

165

TRAILER TOWING

✽✽ NOTICEPulling a trailer improperly can damageyour vehicle and result in costly repairsnot covered by your warranty. To pull atrailer correctly, follow the advice in thissection.

Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identifywhat the vehicle trailering capacity is foryour vehicle, you should read the infor-mation in “Weight of the Trailer” thatappears later in this section. Rememberthat trailering is different than just drivingyour vehicle by itself. Trailering meanschanges in handling, durability, and fueleconomy. Successful, safe traileringrequires correct equipment, and it has tobe used properly.This section contains many time-tested,important trailering tips and safety rules.Many of these are important for yoursafety and that of your passengers.Please read this section carefully beforeyou pull a trailer.

WARNING - Towing a trail-er

If you don't use the correct equip-ment and drive properly, you canlose control when you pull a trailer.For example, if the trailer is tooheavy, the brakes may not work well- or even at all. You and your pas-sengers could be seriously or fatal-ly injured. Pull a trailer only if youhave followed all the steps in thissection.

Item Specification

Maximum trailer Without trailer brakes 454 (1000)

weight kg (lbs.) With trailer brakes 908 (2000)

Page 201: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

5 17

Driving tips

Load-pulling components such as theengine, transaxle, wheel assemblies, andtires are forced to work harder againstthe load of the added weight. The engineis required to operate at relatively higherspeeds and under greater loads. Thisadditional burden generates extra heat.The trailer also adds considerably towind resistance, increasing the pullingrequirements.

If you do decide to pull a trailerHere are some important points if youdecide to pull a trailer:• Consider using a sway control.You can

ask a hitch dealer about sway control.• After your odometer indicates 800 km

(500 miles) or more, you can tow atrailer. For the first 800 km (500 miles)that you tow a trailer, don’t drive over80 km/h (50 mph) and don’t makestarts at full throttle. This helps yourengine and other parts of your vehicle“wear” in at the heavier loads.

• Always drive at a safe speed (less than100 km/h) commensurate with roadconditions.

• The important considerations have todo with weight:

Weight of the trailerHow heavy can a trailer safely be? Itshould never weigh more than 908 kg(2000 lbs.) with trailer brakes. But eventhat can be too heavy.It depends on how you plan to use yourtrailer. For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature and howmuch your vehicle is used to pull a trailerare all important. The ideal trailer weightcan also depend on any special equip-ment that you have on your vehicle.

Page 202: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving tips

185

Weight of the trailer tongueThe tongue load of any trailer is animportant weight to measure because itaffects the total gross vehicle weight(GVW) of your vehicle. This weightincludes the curb weight of the vehicle,any cargo you may carry in it, and thepeople who will be riding in the vehicle.And if you will tow a trailer, you must addthe tongue load to the GVW becauseyour vehicle will also be carrying thatweight.After you've loaded your trailer, weigh thetrailer and then the tongue, separately, tosee if the weights are proper. If theyaren’t, you may be able to correct themsimply by moving some items around inthe trailer.

Hitches It's important to have the correct hitchequipment. Crosswinds, large trucksgoing by, and rough roads are a few rea-sons why you’ll need the right hitch. Hereare some rules to follow:• Will you have to make any holes in the

body of your vehicle when you install atrailer hitch? If you do, then be sure toseal the holes later when you removethe hitch.If you don’t seal them, deadly carbonmonoxide (CO) from your exhaust canget into your vehicle, as well as dirt andwater.

• The bumpers on your vehicle are notintended for hitches. Do not attachrental hitches or other bumper-typehitches to them. Use only a frame-mounted hitch that does not attach tothe bumper.

WARNING• Never load a trailer with more

weight in the rear than in thefront. The front should be loadedwith approximately 60% of thetotal trailer load; the rear shouldbe loaded with approximately40% of the total trailer load.

• Never exceed the maximumweight limits of the trailer or trail-er towing equipment. Improperloading can result in damage toyour vehicle and/or personalinjury. Check weights and loadingat a commercial scale or highwaypatrol office equipped withscales.

• An improperly loaded trailer cancause loss of vehicle control.

Page 203: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

5 19

Driving tips

Safety chains You should always attach chainsbetween your vehicle and your trailer.Cross the safety chains under the tongueof the trailer so that the tongue will notdrop to the road if it becomes separatedfrom the hitch.Instructions about safety chains may beprovided by the hitch manufacturer or bythe trailer manufacturer. Follow the man-ufacturer’s recommendation for attachingsafety chains. Always leave just enoughslack so you can turn with your trailer.And, never allow safety chains to drag onthe ground.

Trailer brakes If your trailer weighs more than 454 kg(1000 lbs.) loaded, then it needs its ownbrakes and they must be adequate. Besure to read and follow the instructionsfor the trailer brakes so you’ll be able toinstall, adjust and maintain them proper-ly.• Don’t tap into your vehicle's brake sys-

tem.

Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Before setting outfor the open road, you must get to knowyour trailer. Acquaint yourself with thefeel of handling and braking with theadded weight of the trailer. And alwayskeep in mind that the vehicle you aredriving is now a good deal longer and notnearly so responsive as your vehicle isby itself.Before you start, check the trailer hitchand platform, safety chains, electricalconnector(s), lights, tires and mirroradjustment. If the trailer has electricbrakes, start your vehicle and trailer mov-ing and then apply the trailer brake con-troller by hand to be sure the brakes areworking. This lets you check your electri-cal connection at the same time.During your trip, check occasionally to besure that the load is secure, and that thelights and any trailer brakes are still work-ing.

WARNINGDo not use a trailer with its ownbrakes unless you are absolutelycertain that you have properly setup the brake system. This is not atask for amateurs. Use an experi-enced, competent trailer shop forthis work.

Page 204: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving tips

205

Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehi-cle ahead as you would when drivingyour vehicle without a trailer. This canhelp you avoid situations that requireheavy braking and sudden turns.

Passing You’ll need more passing distance upahead when you’re towing a trailer. And,because you’re a good deal longer, you’llneed to go much farther beyond thepassed vehicle before you can return toyour lane.

Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheelwith one hand. Then, to move the trailerto the left, just move your hand to the left.To move the trailer to the right, move yourhand to the right. Always back up slowlyand, if possible, have someone guideyou.

Making turns When you’re turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal. Do this so yourtrailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs,road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoidjerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal wellin advance.

Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer, your vehicle hasto have a different turn signal flasher andextra wiring. The green arrows on yourinstrument panel will flash whenever yousignal a turn or lane change. Properlyconnected, the trailer lights will also flashto alert other drivers you’re about to turn,change lanes, or stop.When towing a trailer, the green arrowson your instrument panel will flash forturns even if the bulbs on the trailer areburned out. Thus, you may think driversbehind you are seeing your signalswhen, in fact, they are not. It’s importantto check occasionally to be sure the trail-er bulbs are still working. You must alsocheck the lights every time you discon-nect and then reconnect the wires.Do not connect a trailer lighting systemdirectly to your vehicle’s lighting system.Use only an approved trailer wiring har-ness.Your Authorized Kia Dealer can assistyou in installing the wiring harness.

WARNINGFailure to use an approved trailerwiring harness could result in dam-age to the vehicle electrical systemand/or personal injury.

Page 205: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

5 21

Driving tips

Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gearbefore you start down a long or steepdowngrade. If you don’t shift down, youmight have to use your brakes so muchthat they would get hot and no longeroperate efficiently.On a long uphill grade, shift down andreduce your speed to around 70 km/h (45mph) to reduce the possibility of engineand transaxle overheating.If your trailer weighs more than 454 kg(1000 lbs.) and you have an automatictransaxle, you should drive in D (Drive)when towing a trailer.Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) whentowing a trailer will minimize heat buildupand extend the life of your transaxle.

Parking on hills Generally, you should not park your vehi-cle, with a trailer attached, on a hill.People can be seriously or fatally injured,and both your vehicle and the trailer canbe damaged if they begin a downhill tra-jectory.

CAUTION• When towing a trailer on steep

grades (in excess of 6%) payclose attention to the enginecoolant temperature gauge toensure the engine does not over-heat. If the needle of the coolanttemperature gauge moves acrossthe dial towards “H” (HOT), pullover and stop as soon as it is safeto do so, and allow the engine toidle until it cools down. You mayproceed once the engine hascooled sufficiently.

• You must decide driving speeddepending on trailer weight anduphill grade to reduce the possi-bility of engine and transaxleoverheating.

WARNING - Parking on ahill

Parking your vehicle on a hill with atrailer attached could cause seriousinjury or death, should a down hilltrajectory happen.

Page 206: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving tips

225

However, if you ever have to park yourtrailer on a hill, here’s how to do it:1. Apply your brakes, but don’t shift into

gear.2. Have someone place chocks under

the trailer wheels.3. When the wheel chocks are in place,

release the brakes until the chocksabsorb the load.

4. Reapply the brakes. Apply your park-ing brake, and then shift to P (Park) foran automatic transaxle.

5. Release the brakes.

When you are ready to leave afterparking on a hill 1. With the automatic transaxle in P

(Park), apply your brakes and hold thebrake pedal down while you:• Start your engine;• Shift into gear; and• Release the parking brake.

2. Slowly remove your foot from thebrake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear ofthe chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick up andstore the chocks.

Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more oftenwhen you regularly pull a trailer.Important items to pay particular atten-tion include engine oil, automatictransaxle fluid, axle lubricant and coolingsystem fluid. Brake condition is anotherimportant item to frequently check. Eachitem is covered in this manual, and theIndex will help you find them quickly. Ifyou’re trailering, it’s a good idea to reviewthese sections before you start your trip.Don’t forget to also maintain your trailerand hitch. Follow the maintenanceschedule that accompanied your trailerand check it periodically. Preferably, con-duct the check at the start of each day’sdriving. Most importantly, all hitch nutsand bolts should be tight.

WARNING - Parking brakeIt can be dangerous to get out ofyour vehicle if the parking brake isnot firmly set.If you have left the engine running,the vehicle can move suddenly. Youor others could be seriously orfatally injured.

CAUTIONDue to higher load during trailerusage, overheating might occur inhot days or during uphill driving. Ifthe coolant gauge indicates over-heating, switch off the A/C and stopthe vehicle in a safe area to cooldown the engine.

Page 207: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

5 23

Driving tips

LABEL INFORMATION There are several important labels andidentification numbers located on yourvehicle. The label locations are identifiedin the illustrations follows:

Vehicle identification number(VIN)

1GHA601L 2GHA522

OGH36603N

Vehicle identification number (VIN) VIN label

VIN bar code

2GHA524

Statement of compliance

Page 208: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving tips

245

Tire specification / pressure label Engine number3GHA523 OGH066003N

Page 209: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

5 25

Driving tips

HOMELINK® WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Your new mirror comes with an integrat-ed HomeLink Universal Transceiver,which allows you to program the mirror toactivate your garage door(s), estate gate,home lighting, etc. The mirror actuallylearns the codes from your various exist-ing transmitters.

MMSA5007Homelink buttons

Glare detection sensorIndicator light WARNING

• When programming theHomeLink® Wireless ControlSystem, you may be operating agarage door or gate operator.Make sure that people andobjects are out of the way of themoving door or gate to preventpotential harm or damage.

• Do not use HomeLink with anygarage door opener that lacks thesafety stop and reverse feature asrequired by federal safety stan-dards. (This includes any garagedoor opener model manufacturedbefore April 1, 1982.) A garagedoor opener which cannot detectan object, signaling the door tostop and reverse, does not meetcurrent federal safety standards.Using a garage door opener with-out these features increases riskof serious injury or death. Formore information, call 1-800-355-3515 or on the internet atwww.homelink.com.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Retain the original transmitter for

future programming procedures(i.e., new vehicle purchase). It isalso suggested that upon the saleof the vehicle, the programmedHomeLink buttons be erased forsecurity purposes (follow step 1in the “Programming” portion ofthis text).

Page 210: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving tips

265

ProgrammingYour vehicle may require the ignitionswitch to be turned to the ACC positionfor programming and/or operation ofHomeLink. It is also recommended that anew battery be replaced in the hand-heldtransmitter of the device being pro-grammed to HomeLink for quicker train-ing and accurate transmission of theradio-frequency.Follow these steps to train yourHomeLink mirror:

1. When programming the buttons for thefirst time, press and hold the left andcenter buttons ( , ) simultan-iously until the indicator light begins toflash after approximately 20 seconds.(This procedure erases the factory-setdefault codes. Do Not perform this stepto program additional hand-held trans-mitters.)

✽✽ NOTICEFor non rolling code garage door open-ers, follow steps 2 - 3. For rolling code garage door openers,follow steps 2 - 6. For Canadian Programming, please fol-low the Canadian Programming section.For help with determining whether yourgarage is non-rolling code or rollingcode, please refer to the garage dooropeners owner’s manual or contactHomeLink customer service at 1-800-355-3515.

MMSA5005

Flashing

Page 211: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

5 27

Driving tips

2. Press and hold the button on theHomeLink system you wish to trainand the button on the transmitter whilethe transmitter is approximately 3 to 7cm away from the mirror. Do notrelease the buttons until step 3 hasbeen completed.

3. The HomeLink indicator light will flash,first slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, both but-tons may be released. (The rapidflashing light indicates successful pro-gramming of the new frequency sig-nal.)

✽✽ NOTICESome gate operators and garage dooropeners may require you to replace step#3 with the “cycling” procedure noted inthe “Canadian Programming” sectionof this document.

Rolling code programmingTo train a garage door opener (or otherrolling code equipped devices) with therolling code feature, follow these instruc-tions after completing the “Programming”portion of this text. (A second personmay make the following training proce-dures quicker & easier.) 4. Locate the “learn” or “smart” button on

the device’s motor head unit. Exactlocation and color of the button mayvary by product brand. If there is diffi-culty locating the “learn” or “smart” but-ton, reference the device’s owner’smanual or contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on the internet atwww.homelink.com.

5. Press and release the “learn” or“smart” button on the device’s motorhead unit. You have 30 seconds tocomplete step number 6.

MMSA5006

Flashing

Transmitter

1-3inc

hes

Page 212: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Driving tips

285

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly pressand release the programmedHomeLink button up to three times.The rolling code equipped deviceshould now recognize the HomeLinksignal and activate when theHomeLink button is pressed. Theremaining two buttons may now beprogrammed if this has not previouslybeen done. Refer to the“Programming” portion of this text.

Operating HomeLink To operate, simply press the pro-grammed HomeLink button. Activationwill now occur for the trained product(garage door, security system, entry doorlock, estate gate, or home or office light-ing). For convenience, the hand-heldtransmitter of the device may also beused at any time. The HomeLinkWireless Controls System (once pro-grammed) or the original hand-heldtransmitter may be used to activate thedevice (e.g. garage door, entry door lock,etc.). In the event that there are still pro-gramming difficulties, contact HomeLinkat 1-800-355-3515 or on the internet atwww.homelink.com.

Erasing programmed HomeLinkbuttonsTo erase the three programmed buttons(individual buttons cannot be erased):• Press and hold the left and center

buttons simultaniously, until the indica-tor light begins to flash (approximately20 seconds). Release both buttons. Donot hold for longer than 30 seconds.

HomeLink is now in the train (or learning)mode and can be programmed at anytime.

MMSA5005

Flashing

Page 213: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

5 29

Driving tips

Reprogramming a singleHomeLink buttonTo program a device to HomeLink usinga HomeLink button previously trained,follow these steps:1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink

button. Do NOT release until step 4has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position thehand-held transmitter 3~7 cm awayfrom the HomeLink surface.

3. Press and hold the hand-held trans-mitter button (or press and “cycle” - asdescribed in “Canadian Programming”above).

4. The HomeLink indicator light will flash,first slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light begins to flash rapidly,release both buttons.

The previous device has now beenerased and the new device can be acti-vated by pushing the HomeLink buttonthat has just been programmed. This pro-cedure will not affect any other pro-grammed HomeLink buttons.

Gate operator programming &canadian programmingDuring programming, your hand-heldtransmitter may automatically stop trans-mitting. Continue to press and hold theHomeLink button (note steps 2 through 4in the “Programming” portion of this text)while you press and re-press (“cycle”)your handheld transmitter every two sec-onds until the frequency signal has beenlearned. The indicator light will flashslowly and then rapidly after several sec-onds upon successful training.

✽✽ NOTICEIf programming a garage door openeror gate, it is advised to unplug the deviceduring the “cycling” process to preventpossible motor burn-up.

AccessoriesIf you would like additional information onthe HomeLink Wireless Control System,HomeLink compatible products, or topurchase other accessories such as theHomeLink® Lighting Package, pleasecontact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 oron the internet at www.homelink.com.

This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210. Operationis subject to the following two conditions:1. This device may not cause interfer-

ence, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of thedevice.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment.IC: 4112104541A Gentex MODEL/FCC ID: NZLSTDHL3

Page 214: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

6

Road warning / 6-2Overheating / 6-2Emergency starting / 6-3Electrical circuit protection / 6-5Towing / 6-12If you have a flat tire / 6-17

In case of an emergency

Page 215: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

In case of an emergency

26

ROAD WARNING

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle. Itshould be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.

Depress the flasher switch with the igni-tion switch in any position. The flasherswitch is located in the center consoleswitch panel. All turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using thehazard warning flasher while the vehi-cle is being towed.

If your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, if you experience a loss ofpower, or if you hear a loud knocking orpinging noise, the engine has probablyoverheated. Should any of these symp-toms occur, use the following procedure:1. Turn on the hazard warning flasher,

then drive to the nearest safe locationand stop your vehicle; set the automat-ic transaxle in P (Park) and apply theparking brake.

2. Make sure the air conditioner is off.3. If coolant or steam is boiling out of the

radiator, stop the engine and call anAuthorized Kia Dealer for assistance.If coolant is not boiling out, allow theengine to idle and open the hood topermit the engine to cool gradually.If the temperature does not go downwith the engine idling, stop the engineand allow sufficient time for it to cool.

OGH026040

OVERHEATING

Page 216: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

6 3

In case of an emergency

4. The coolant level should then bechecked. If the level in the reservoir islow, look for leaks at the radiator hosesand connections, heater hoses andconnections, radiator, and waterpump. If you find a major leak or anoth-er problem that may have caused theengine to overheat, do not operate theengine until it has been corrected. Callan Authorized Kia Dealer for assis-tance. If you do not find a leak or otherproblem, carefully add coolant to thereservoir.

If the engine frequently overheats, havethe cooling system checked and repairedby an Authorized Kia Dealer.

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow the jump starting proce-dures listed on page 6-4. If in doubt, westrongly recommend that you have acompetent technician or towing servicejump start your vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEUse only a 12-volt jumper system. Youcan damage a 12-volt starting motor,ignition system, and other electricalparts beyond repair by use of a 24-voltpower supply (either two 12-volt batter-ies in series or a 24-volt motor generatorset).

WARNING - Removingradiator cap

Do not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant and steammay blow out under pressure. Thiscould cause serious injury.

EMERGENCY STARTING

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which mayexplode if exposed to flame orsparks.

• Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolyte levelis low; the battery may rupture orexplode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to rupture orexplode causing serious injury.

Page 217: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

In case of an emergency

46

Connecting jumper cables Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-

volt and that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles totouch.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence shown in the previous illus-tration. First connect one end of ajumper cable to the positive terminal ofthe discharged battery (➀), then con-nect the other end to the positive ter-minal on the booster battery (➁).Proceed to connect one end of theother jumper cable to the negative ter-minal of the booster battery (➂), thenthe other end to a solid, stationary,metallic point (for example, the enginelifting bracket) away from the battery(➃). Do not connect it to or near anypart that moves when the engine iscranked. Do not connect the jumpercable from the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negative termi-nal of the discharged battery.OGH046001

Connect cables in numerical orderand disconnect in reverse order.

Discharged battery

Jumper Cables

Booster battery

Page 218: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

6 5

In case of an emergency

Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct bat-tery terminals or the correct ground.Do not lean over the battery whenmaking connections.

5. Start the engine of the vehicle with thebooster battery and let it run at 2,000rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-cle with the discharged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by an Authorized Kia Dealer.

Refer to illustration on page 6-4.

Push-starting Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle cannot be push-started.Follow the directions in this section forjump-starting.

Fuses A vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT PROTECTION

1VQA4037

Normal

Normal Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

Page 219: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

In case of an emergency

66

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire instead of theproper fuse - even as a temporaryrepair. It may cause extensivewiring damage and possibly afire.

• Do not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to removefuses because it may cause ashort circuit and damage the sys-tem.

This vehicle has two fuse panels, onelocated in the driver's side knee bolster,the other in the engine compartmentnear the battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse will bemelted.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult an Authorized Kia Dealer.

Fuse replacement

1. Turn the ignition switch and all otherswitches off.

2. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided on themain fuse box in the engine compart-ment.

3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.Spare fuses are provided in the fusepanel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an Authorized KiaDealer.

1GHA402

Driver - side knee bolster

Page 220: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

6 7

In case of an emergency

If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the radio or room lamp fuse.If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse block in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

To check the fuse or relay in the enginecompartment, remove the engine com-partment shroud.

1. Turn the ignition switch and all otherswitches off.

2. Remove the fuse box cover by remov-ing the bolt on the cover and unhook-ing the tab on one end and tilting thecover back toward the other end.

3. Check the fuses. If one is blown,replace it with a new one of the samerating.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter checking the fuse box in the enginecompartment, securely install the fusebox cover. If not, electrical failures mayoccur from water leaking in.

1GHA403A 1GHA404OGH056001

Engine compartment

➀➁

➀ Junction Box➁ Main Fuse

Page 221: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

In case of an emergency

86

Main fuseIf the BATT (60A) or ALT (150A) fuse areblown, it must be removed as follows:1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.4. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

OGH046004

Engine compartment

91950-3F100

Fuse/Relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay box covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relayname and capacity.

Page 222: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

6 9

In case of an emergency

Description Fuse rating Protected component1 FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel pump2 H/LP (LO-LH) 15A Headlight (low-left)3 ABS 10A Anti-lock brake system4 IGN COIL 15A Ignition coil5 A/CON COMP 10A Air-conditioner compressor6 ATM 20A Automatic transaxle control relay7 MAIN 20A Engine control unit relay8 O2 SNSR 15A Oxygen sensor9 EGR 15A Power train control system sensors10 HORN 15A Horn11 TAIL 20A Tail light12 SUNROOF 20A Sun roof13 P/SEAT (RH) 20A Power seat (right)14 FOG LP (FR) 15A Fog light (front)15 H/LP (HI) 15A Headlight (high)16 SPARE 30A spare fuse17 SPARE 20A spare fuse18 SPARE 15A spare fuse19 SPARE 10A spare fuse20 P/SEAT (LH) 30A Power seat (left)21 AMP 20A Radio amplifier22 DRL* 15A Daytime running light

Engine compartment

Description Fuse rating Protected component23 H/LP (LO-RH) 15A Headlight (low beam-right)24 I/P B+ 30A All electrical system25 ECU 10A Engine control unit26 INJECTOR 10A Injector27 ECS * 15A Electronic control suspension

BLOWER 40A Blower motorIGN 1 30A Ignition switchABS 2 30A Anti-lock brake systemABS 1 30A Anti-lock brake systemIGN 2 30A Ignition switchS/WARM 30A Seat warmerH/LP (LO-LH) - Headlight relay (low beam-left)FUEL PUMP - Fuel pump relayHORN - Horn relaySTART - Start motor relayA/CON - Air conditioner relayH/LP (HI) - Headlight relay (high beam)FOG LP (FR) - Fog light relay (front)TAIL LP - Taillight relayWIPER - Wiper relayBATT 60A Alternator, BatteryALT 150A AlternatorCOOLING 60A Cooling fan

* : if equipped

Page 223: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

In case of an emergency

106

Driver-side knee bolster

Description Fuse rating Protected componentB/ALARM 10A Burglar alarmA/BAG 15A Air bagC/LIGHTER 20A Cigar lighterS/WARMER 10A Seat warmerP/WDW(RH) 20A Power window (right)P/HANDLE 15A Power steering wheelT/SIG LP 15A Turn signal lightHTD GLASS 30A DefrosterTRUNK OPEN 15A Trunk lid openerCLUSTER 10A ClusterA/BAG IND 10A Air bag indicatorP/OUTLET 25A Electrical power socketLAN UNIT 10A Lan unitCURTAIN(RR) 15A Electric curtain (rear)FOG LP(RR), PIC 15A Fog light (rear), Personal identifi-

cation cardF/LID OPEN 15A Fuel filler lid openerP/SEAT(RR) 30A Power seat (rear)B/ALARM 10A Burglar alarmSTOP LP 15A Stop lightTRIP COMPUTER 10A Trip computerB/UP LP 10A Back-up lightAV 10A AudioH/LP 10A Headlight

91117-3F060

Driver-side knee bolster

Page 224: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

6 11

In case of an emergency

Power connectorYour vehicle is equipped with a power connector to prevent bat-tery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operatedfor prolonged periods. Use the following procedures beforeparking the vehicle for prolonged period.1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.3. Open the driver-side knee bolster cover and pull up the

“POWER/CONN”.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the power connector is pulled up from the fuse panel, the

warning chime, AV system, clock and intetrior lamps, etc.,will not operate. Some items must be reset after replace-ment.

• Even though the power connector is pulled up, the batterycan still be discharged by operation of the headlights orother electrical devices.

Description Fuse rating Protected componentA/CON 10A Air-conditioning systemP/WDW(LH) 20A Power window (left)TAIL LP(RH) 10A Taillight (right)BACK WARN’G 10A Back warning systemDR LP 10A Door courtesy lampMIRROR HTD 15A Outside review mirror defrosterENG SNSR 10A Power train control system sensorsT/REDUCER 10A Seat belt tension reducerCLOCK 10A ClockWIPER(FR) 25A Wiper (front)EPS 10A Electronic power steeringTAIL LP(LH) 10A Tail light (left)ROOM LP 10A Room lampAV, CLOCK 15A Audio, ClockLAN UNIT 10A Lan unitTPMS 15A -H/LP WASHER 20A Headlight washerSHUNT CONN - Switch illuminationPOWER/CONN - Power connector

1GHA403

Powerconnector

Page 225: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

In case of an emergency

126

TOWING

If emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by an author-ized Kia dealer or a commercial tow-truckservice. Proper lifting and towing proce-dures are necessary to prevent damageto the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies orflatbed is recommended.For trailer towing guidelines information,refer to section 5 “Driving Tips”.

It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with therear wheels on the ground (without dol-lies) and the front wheels off the ground.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

2GHA4107

2GHA4106

2GHA4108 2GHA4109

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle backwards

with the front wheels on theground as this may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

Page 226: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

6 13

In case of an emergency

When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing)

OGH046012A

Tie-down hook

WARNINGDo not use the hooks under thefront of the vehicle for towing pur-poses. These hooks are designedONLY for transport tie-down. If thetie-down hooks are used for towing,the tie-down hooks will be damagedand this could lead to seriousinjury.

CAUTIONFailure to place the transaxle shiftlever in N (Neutral) may cause inter-nal damage to the transaxle.

Page 227: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

In case of an emergency

146

Towing with a vehicle other thana tow truck If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by an Authorized Kiadealer or a commercial tow truck service.If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed using a cable or chainsecured to the emergency towing hookunder the front or rear of the vehicle. Useextreme caution when towing the vehicle.A driver must be in the vehicle to steer itand operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, power train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a

vehicle out of mud, sand or other con-ditions from which the vehicle cannotbe driven out under its own power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than thevehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other frequent-ly.

OGH046012

• Front

OGH046013

• Rear

Page 228: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

6 15

In case of an emergency

• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady andeven force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a vertical angle.Always pull straight ahead.

• Use a towing strap less than 5 m (16feet) long. Attach a white or red cloth(about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) in themiddle of the strap for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing strapis not loosened during towing.

1GHA4107

WARNINGUse extreme caution when towingthe vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook and tow-ing cable or chain. The hook andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the towing vehicle can hardlymove, do not forcibly continuethe towing. Contact an AuthorizedKia dealer or a commercial towtruck service for assistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle dur-ing towing.

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for tow-ing may damage the body of yourvehicle.

• Use only a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towingvehicles. Securely fasten thecable or chain to the towing hookprovided.

Page 229: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

In case of an emergency

166

When your vehicle is being towedby another vehicle other than atow truck (In case of an emer-gency) • Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the

steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking bake.• Vehicle equipped with automatic

transaxles should not exceed 45 km/h(28 mph) and should not be towedmore than 80 km (50 miles).

• Press the brake pedal with more forcethan normal since you will havereduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill, thebrakes may overheat and brake per-formance will be reduced. Stop oftenand let the brakes cool off.

Tips for towing a stuck vehicleThe following methods are effectivewhen your vehicle is stuck in mud, sandor similar substances that prevent thevehicle from being driven out under itsown power.• Remove the soil and sand, etc. from

the front and the back of the tires.• Place a stone or wood under the tires.

CAUTIONTo prevent internal damage to thetransaxle, never tow your vehiclefrom the rear (backwards) with allfour tires in contact with the sur-face.

Page 230: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

6 17

In case of an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

The spare tire, jack, jack handle andwheel lug nut wrench are stored inthe trunk compartment. Move thecarpeting out of the way to reach thisequipment.The jack assembly is located in thetrunk, under the carpeting, on thespare tire.

Removing the spare tire Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise.Store the tire in the reverse order ofremoval.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

Important - use of compact sparetireYour vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.

OGH046010N 1GHA407 CAUTION - Compact spare• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare is inuse. The compact spareshould be replaced by theproper conventional tire andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetire in use at the same time.

Page 231: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

In case of an emergency

186

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 420 kPa (60 psi).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately25 mm (1 inch), which could resultin damage to the vehicle.

• Do not take the vehicle through anautomatic car wash with a compactspare.

• Do not use tire chains on this tire.Because of the smaller size, a tirechain will not fit properly.This coulddamage the vehicle and result inloss of the chain.

• This tire should not be installed onthe front axle if the vehicle must bedriven in snow or on ice.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

WARNING - Compact spareThis spare tire should be usedonly for VERY short distances.Compact spares should NEVERbe used for long drives orextended distances.

Page 232: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

6 19

In case of an emergency

Changing tires Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

Tire replacement 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Shift the shift lever into P (Park).3. Activate the hazard warning flash-

er.

WARNING - Changing tires• Never attempt vehicle repairs

in the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on level firm groundwhenever possible. If you can-not find a firm, level place offthe road, call a towing servicecompany for assistance.

• Be sure to use the correctfront and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; never usethe bumpers or any other partof the vehicle for jack support.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The vehicle can easily roll off

the jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack ;use vehicle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

1JBA6021

Page 233: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

In case of an emergency

206

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

6. Wrap a piece of cloth around thetip of the screwdriver to avoidscratching.

7. Insert a screwdriver into the notchof the wheel cover and pry gentlyto remove the wheel cover (ifequipped).

WARNING - Changing a tire• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully, andalways block the wheel diago-nally opposite the wheel beingchanged.

• It is recommended that thewheels of the vehicle bechocked, and that no personshould remain in a vehicle thatis being jacked.

1JBA6504 2GHN409

Page 234: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

6 21

In case of an emergency

8. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

9. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame. The jacking positionsare plates welded to the framewith two tabs and a raised dot toindex with the jack.

10. Insert the jack handle into thejack and turn it clockwise, raisingthe vehicle until the tire justclears the ground. This measure-ment is approximately 30 mm(1.2 in). Before removing thewheel lug nuts, make sure thevehicle is stable and that there isno chance for movement or slip-page.

11. Remove the wheel lug nuts byturning them counterclockwise,then remove the wheel.

12. Mount the spare tire into positionand install the wheel lug nutswith the beveled edge inward.

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

1GHA41041GHA41032GHN409B

Page 235: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

In case of an emergency

226

13. Once the wheel lug nuts havebeen tightened, lower the vehiclefully to the ground and continue totighten the lug nuts until they arefully secured. Tighten the wheellug nuts firmly in a “star” pattern.If you are unsure of the tightnessof the wheel lug nuts, have themchecked at the nearest servicestation. The specified tighteningtorque is 9~11 kg•m (65-79 lb•ft,88-107 N•m). Improperly tight-ened wheel lug nuts could causebrake pedal vibration while brak-ing.

14. Reinstall the wheel cover by fit-ting the boss of the wheel coverin the groove of the wheel.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut, wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

2GHN409A

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nutsremoved are reinstalled - or, ifreplaced, that nuts with metricthreads and the same chamferconfiguration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult anAuthorized Kia Dealer.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a colli-sion.

WARNINGCheck the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installingthe spare tire. Adjust it to thespecified pressure, if necessary.Refer to Section 8, Specifications.

Page 236: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7

Maintenance services / 7-2Maintenance schedule / 7-3Owner maintenance / 7-7Engine compartment / 7-10Engine oil and oil filter / 7-11Engine cooling system / 7-12Brakes / 7-14Power steering / 7-15Automatic transaxle / 7-16Lubricants and fluids / 7-18Air cleaner / 7-19Climate control air filter / 7-19Wiper blades / 7-20Battery / 7-22Tires and wheels / 7-25Lubricant specifications / 7-36

Exterior care / 7-38Interior care / 7-41

Maintenance

Page 237: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

27

MAINTENANCE SERVICESYou should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave an Authorized Kia Dealer performthis work.An Authorized Kia Dealer has factory-trained technicians and genuine Kiaparts to service your vehicle properly. Forexpert advice and quality service, see anAuthorized Kia Dealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service chartsshown on the following pages. You needthis information to establish your compli-ance with the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your Kia warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Warranty & ConsumerInformation manual.

Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not covered.We strongly recommend that all vehiclemaintenance be performed by an author-ized Kia dealer using genuine Kia parts.

Page 238: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 3

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

Kilometers or time in months, whichever comes first

× 1,000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 128

# Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64

Engine oil & engine oil filter (1) R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Drive belts (tension) I I I I

Cooling system hoses & connections I I I I I

Engine coolant (1) I I I I I R I I I I I R I I I I

Fuel filter R R

Fuel tank cap, lines, EVAP canister and hoses I I

Fuel tank air filter I R I R I

Air cleaner element (2) I I I I I R I I I I I R I I I I

Ignition wires I I

Spark plugs R

Idle speed I I I I I

PCV valve (if equipped) I I I I

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCE ITEM

Engine control system

Page 239: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

47

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONTINUED)

Kilometers or time in months, whichever comes first

× 1,000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 128

# Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64

Air conditioner compressor operation & I I I I I

refrigerant amount (if equipped)

Exhaust pipes, heat shield & mountings I I I I I I I I

Front suspension ball joints I I I I

Brakes/clutch fluid (1) I I I I I I I R I I I I I I I R

Front brake pads & discs (3) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Rear brake pads & discs/drums (3) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Parking brake I I I I I I I I

Brake lines & connections I I I I I

(including booster)

Manual transaxle oil (1) I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I R

Clutch & brake pedal free play I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCE ITEM

Chassis and body

Page 240: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 5

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONTINUED)

Kilometers or time in months, whichever comes first

× 1,000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 128

# Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64

Automatic transaxle fluid (1) I I I I I R I I I I I R I I I I

Chassis & underbody bolts & nuts I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Tire condition & inflation pressure I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Wheel alignment (4)

Tire rotation

Steering operation & linkage I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Power steering fluid & lines I I I I I I I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I I I I

Safety belts, buckles & anchors I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Lock, hinges & hood latch L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCE ITEM

Inspect when abnormal condition noted

Rotate the tires every 12,000 km

Chassis and body (Continued)

Page 241: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

67

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONTINUED)Chart symbols:I- Inspect these items and their related parts. If necessary, correct, clean, refill, adjust of replace.

R- Replace or change

L-Lubricate.

(1) Refer to the lubricant and coolant specifications in the Owner’s Manual

(2) More frequent maintenance is required if driving under dusty conditions.

(3) More frequent maintenance is required if the vehicle is operated under any of the following conditions:

a. Short-distance driving

b. Driving on dusty roads.

c. Extensive idling or slow-speed driving in stop-and-go traffic.

(4) If necessary, rotate and balance the wheels.

* Note: Check the engine oil and coolant levels every week.

Page 242: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 7

Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE Owner maintenance schedule The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed bythe owner or qualified service technicianat the frequencies indicated to helpensure safe, dependable operation ofyour vehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer orqualified service technician or serviceadvisor as soon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labor, parts andlubricants used.

When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check coolant level in coolant reser-

voir.

• Check the windshield washer fluidlevel.

• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-eling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forstrange sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transaxle occurs, checkthe transaxle fluid level.

• Check automatic transaxle P (Park)function.

• Check parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system after use is normal).

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause seriousinjury.

Page 243: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

87

At least monthly:• Check coolant level in the coolant

recovery reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall) :• Check radiator, heater and air condi-

tioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check windshield washer spray and

wiper operation. Clean wiper bladeswith clean cloth dampened with wash-er fluid.

• Check headlight alignment.• Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields

and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tires and loose wheel

lug nuts.

At least once a year :• Clean body and door drain holes.• Lubricate door hinges and checks, and

hood hinges.• Lubricate door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips.• Check the air conditioning system

before the warm weather season.• Check the power steering fluid level.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean battery and terminals.• Check the brake fluid level.

Page 244: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 9

Maintenance

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by aqualified service technician with specialtools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-rate Kia Warranty & ConsumerInformation Manual provided with thevehicle. If you're unsure about any serv-icing or maintenance procedure, have itdone by an Authorized Kia Dealer.

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance work ona vehicle can be dangerous. Youcan be seriously injured while per-forming some maintenance pro-cedures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience or theproper tools and equipment to dothe work, have it done by a quali-fied technician.

• Working under the hood with theengine running is dangerous. Itbecomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury. Therefore, if youmust run the engine while work-ing under the hood, make certainthat you remove all jewelry (espe-cially rings, bracelets, watches,and necklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose cloth-ing before getting near the engineor cooling fans.

Page 245: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

107

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OGH056001N

1. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

2. Power steering fluid reservoir

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Auto transaxle oil dipstick

5. Air cleaner

6. Brake fluid reservoir

7. Engine oil dipstick

8. Radiator cap

9. Positive battery terminal

10. Engine coolant reservoir

11. Negative battery terminal

Page 246: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 11

Maintenance

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERChecking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few

minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andre-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended Lubricants” later inthis section.)

Changing the engine oil and filterChange engine oil and filter according tothe Scheduled Maintenance at the begin-ning of this section.

OGH056003OGH056005N

Page 247: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

127

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year-round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, at thebeginning of the winter season, andbefore traveling to a colder climate.

Checking the coolant level

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F and L marks on the levelgauge attached to the coolant reservoircap when the engine is cool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughspecified coolant to provide protectionagainst freezing and corrosion. Bring thelevel to F, but do not overfill. If frequentadditions are required, see an AuthorizedKia Dealer for a cooling system inspec-tion.

WARNING - Removingradiator cap

• Never attempt to remove the radi-ator cap while the engine is oper-ating or hot. Doing so might leadto cooling system and enginedamage and could result in seri-ous personal injury from escap-ing hot coolant or steam.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Turn the engine off and wait until

it cools down. Even then, useextreme care when removing theradiator cap. Wrap a thick towelaround it, and turn it counter-clockwise slowly to the first stop.Step back while the pressure isreleased from the cooling system.When you are sure all the pres-sure has been released, pressdown on the cap, using a thicktowel, and continue turning coun-terclockwise to remove it.

• Even if the engine is not operat-ing, do not remove the radiatorcap or the drain plug while theengine and radiator are hot. Hotcoolant and steam may still blowout under pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

OGH076003N

Page 248: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 13

Maintenance

Engine coolant• Use only soft (de-mineralized) water in

the coolant mixture.• The engine in your vehicle has alu-

minum engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol-basedcoolant to prevent corrosion and freez-ing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

CoolantSolution

Water

1GHA412

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant and steammay blow out under pressure. Thiscould cause serious injury.

Page 249: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

147

BRAKES

Checking brake fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake fluid, clean the area aroundthe reservoir cap thoroughly to preventbrake fluid contamination.

If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake pads. Ifthe fluid level is excessively low, have thebrake system checked by an AuthorizedKia Dealer.Use only the specified brake fluid. (Referto “Recommended Lubricants” later inthis section.)Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNINGWhen changing and adding brakefluid, handle it carefully. Do not let itcome in contact with your eyes. Ifbrake fluid should come in contactwith your eyes, immediately flushthem with a large quantity of freshtap water. Have your eyes examinedby a doctor as soon as possible.

WARNINGIn the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions of fluid,the vehicle should be inspected byan Authorized Kia Dealer.

OGH056013

CAUTIONDo not allow brake fluid to contactthe vehicle's body paint, as paintdamage will result. Brake fluid,which has been exposed to open airfor an extended time should neverbe used as its quality cannot beguaranteed. It should be thrownout. Don't put in the wrong kind offluid. For example, just a few dropsof mineral-based oil, such asengine oil, in your brake system candamage brake system parts.

Page 250: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 15

Maintenance

POWER STEERING

Checking the power steering fluidlevel With the vehicle on level ground, checkthe fluid level in the power steering reser-voir periodically. The fluid should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on thelevel gauge attached to the cap.Before adding power steering fluid, thor-oughly clean the area around the reser-voir cap to prevent power steering fluidcontamination.If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel.

In the event the power steering systemrequires frequent addition of fluid, thevehicle should be inspected by anAuthorized Kia Dealer.

✽✽ NOTICE• To avoid damage to the power steer-

ing pump, do not operate the vehiclefor prolonged periods with a lowpower steering fluid level.

• Never start the engine when the reser-voir tank is empty.

• When adding fluid, be careful thatdirt does not get into the tank.

• Too little fluid can make the steeringwheel heavier or strange noise can begenerated.

• The use of the non-specified fluidcould reduce the effectiveness of thepower steering wheel and cause dam-age to it.

Use only the specified power steeringfluid. (Refer to "RecommendedLubricants" later in this section.)

Power steering hoseCheck the connections for oil leaks,severe damage and the twists in thepower steering hose before driving.

OGH076421N

Page 251: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

167

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

Checking the automatic transaxlefluid level The automatic transaxle fluid levelshould be checked regularly.Keep the vehicle on the level ground withthe parking brake applied and check thefluid level according to the following pro-cedure.1. Place the selector lever in N (Neutral)

position and confirm the engine is run-ning at normal idle speed.

2. After the transaxle is warmed up suffi-ciently (fluid temperature 70~80°C(158~176°F), for example by 10 min-utes usual driving, shift the selectorlever through all positions then placethe selector lever in “N (Neutral) or P(Park)” position.

3. Confirm that the fluid level is in “HOT”range on the level gauge. If the fluidlevel is lower, add the specified fluidfrom the fill hole. If the fluid level ishigher, drain the fluid from the drainhole.

4. If the fluid level is checked in cold con-dition (fluid temperature 20~30°C(68~86°F) add the fluid to “COLD” lineand then recheck the fluid levelaccording to the above step 2.

OGH056001 OVQ056002

Page 252: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 17

Maintenance

✽✽ NOTICE“COLD” scale is for reference only andshould NOT be used to determinetransaxle fluid level.

New automatic transaxle fluid should bered. The red dye is added so the assem-bly plant can identify it as automatictransaxle fluid and distinguish it fromengine oil or antifreeze. The red dye,which is not an indicator of fluid quality, isnot permanent. As the vehicle is driven,the automatic transaxle fluid will begin tolook darker. The color may eventuallyappear light brown.

✽✽ NOTICEHave an Authorized Kia dealer changethe automatic transaxle fluid accordingto the Scheduled Maintenance at thebeginning of this section.

CAUTION• Low fluid level causes transaxle

slippage. Overfilling can causefoaming, loss of fluid andtransaxle malfunction.

• The use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle malfunc-tion.

WARNING - Parking brakeTo avoid sudden movement of thevehicle, apply parking brake anddepress the brake pedal beforemoving the shift lever.

WARNING - Transaxle fluidThe transaxle fluid level should bechecked when the engine is at nor-mal operating temperature. Thismeans that the engine, radiator,radiator hose and exhaust systemetc., are very hot. Exercise greatcare not to burn yourself during thisprocedure.

Page 253: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

187

LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS

Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that youcan check the level with a quick visualinspection.Check the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plainwater may be used if washer fluid is notavailable. However, use washer solventwith antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

Body lubrication All moving points of the body, such asdoor hinges, hood hinges, and locks,should be lubricated each time theengine oil is changed. Use a non-freez-ing lubricant on locks during cold weath-er.Make sure the engine hood secondarylatch keeps the hood from opening whenthe primary latch is released.

OGH056001

WARNING• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

• Windshield Washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor it's occupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid contactingwindshield washer fluid. Seriousinjury or death could occur.

Page 254: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 19

Maintenance

AIR CLEANER

Element replacement Have the air cleaner element checkedand replaced in accordance with themaintenance schedule.

The climate control air filter locatedbetween the evaporator core and blowerfilters the air coming into the vehicle.If dust or other pollutants accumulate inthe filter for a period of time, the air flowfrom the air vents may be decreased andthe dust intake may increase. Thereforethe air filter should be replaced at theintervals shown in the maintenanceschedule. If the vehicle is operated industy or sandy areas, replace the filtermore often than the recommended inter-vals.

OGH056001

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)

OGH056911N

Evaporator core Blower

Outside air

Recirculated airClimate control air filter

Inside vehicle

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• Driving without an air cleanerencourages backfiring, whichcould cause a fire in the enginecompartment.

• When removing the air cleanerelement, be careful that dust ordirt does not enter the air intake,or damage may result.

Page 255: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

207

WIPER BLADES Wiper blade maintenance ✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe wiper blades with foreign matter canreduce the effectiveness of the wind-shield wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

Windshield wiper blade replace-ment When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.

✽✽ NOTICEThe use of a non-specified wiper bladecould result in wiper malfunction andfailure.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

Page 256: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 21

Maintenance

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiperblade assembly to expose the plasticlocking clip.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it may chipor crack the windshield.

2. Compress the clip and slide the bladeassembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

1JBA7037 1JBA70381LDA5023

Page 257: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

227

(Continued)• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-

tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

• Never attempt to charge the bat-tery when the battery cables areconnected.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage. Nevertouch these components with theengine running or the ignitionswitched on.

BATTERY

WARNING - Battery dangers

Always read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.

Hydrogen, which is a highlycombustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACID.Do not allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

(Continued)

If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention. Ifpossible, continue to applywater with a sponge orcloth until medical attentionis received.

If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If you feel apain or a burning sensation,get medical attention imme-diately.

Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.

(Continued)

Page 258: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 23

Maintenance

For best battery service :• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged in a

short time (because, for example, theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhile the vehicle was not in use),recharge it by slow charging (trickle)for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load while thevehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

Items to be reset after the battery hasbeen discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Driver seat position memory system

(See Chapter 3)• Power window (See Chapter 3)• Clock (See Chapter 3)• Climate control system

(See Chapter 4)• Audio (See Chapter 3)• Sunroof (See Chapter 3)CBGQ0705

Page 259: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

247

✽✽ NOTICE• Before performing maintenance or

recharging the battery, turn off allaccessories and stop the engine.

• The negative battery cable must beremoved first and installed last whenthe battery is disconnected.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in anarea with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, orflame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce the charg-ing rate if the battery cells begingassing (boiling) violently or ifthe temperature of the electrolyteof any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).

• Wear eye protection when check-ing the battery during charging.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Disconnect the battery charger in

the following order.1. Turn off the battery charger main

switch.2. Unhook the negative clamp from

the negative battery terminal.3. Unhook the positive clamp from

the positive battery terminal.

Page 260: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 25

Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tire inflationpressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked every daywhen the tires are cold. “Cold Tires”means the vehicle has not been driv-en for at least three hours or drivenless than 1.6 km (one mile).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, top vehi-cle handling, and minimum tire wear.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the vehicle.

3GHA523

XXX XX XX

XXX XX

XXX XX

XXX XX

XXX XX XX

XXX XX XX

XX

XX

XX

390390 860860390390 860860

OGH036905N

WARNING - Tire underin-flation

Severe underinflation (70 kPa(10 psi) or more) can lead tosevere heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can resultin the loss of vehicle controlleading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor protracted periods at highspeeds.

Page 261: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

267

✽✽ NOTICE• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handling andreduced fuel economy. Wheeldeformation also is possible. Keepyour tire pressures at the properlevels. If a tire frequently needsrefilling, have it checked by anAuthorized Kia Dealer.

• Overinflation produces a harshride, excessive wear at the centerof the tire tread, and a greater pos-sibility of damage from road haz-ards.

✽✽ NOTICE• Warm tires normally exceed rec-

ommended cold tire pressures by28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do notrelease air from warm tires toadjust the pressure or the tires willbe underinflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tire infla-tion valve caps. Without the valvecap, dirt or moisture could get intothe valve core and cause air leak-age. If a valve cap is missing,install a new one as soon as possi-ble.

Checking tire inflation pressureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

How to checkUse a good quality gauge to checktire pressure. You can not tell if yourtires are properly inflated simply bylooking at them. Radial tires maylook properly inflated even whenthey're underinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1.6 km (1 mile).

WARNING - Tire InflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, and leadto sudden tire failure.This couldresult in loss of vehicle controland potential injury.

WARNING - Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the

tires are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than 1.6 km (onemile) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badlyworn, or if your tires havebeen damaged, replace them.

Page 262: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 27

Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gauge firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in the cen-ter of the tire valve. Recheck the tirepressure with the tire gauge. Be sureto put the valve caps back on thevalve stems. They help prevent leaksby keeping out dirt and moisture.

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 12,000 km (7,500 miles) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.Refer to Section 8, Specifications.

CBGQ0706

CBGQ0707

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tire

With a full-size spare tire

Directional tires (if equipped)

Page 263: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

287

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.Rotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern onlyfrom front to rear and not fromright to left.

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper wheel weights can dam-age your vehicle's aluminum wheels.Use only approved wheel weights.

2GHA5032

Tread wear indicator

WARNING• Do not use the temporary

spare tire for tire rotation• Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury, or propertydamage.

Page 264: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 29

Maintenance

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

WARNING - Replacing tires• Driving on worn-out tires is

very hazardous and willreduce braking effectiveness,steering accuracy, and trac-tion.

• Your vehicle is equipped withtires designed to provide forsafe ride and handling capa-bility. Do not use a size andtype of tire and wheel that isdifferent from the one that isoriginally installed on yourvehicle. It can affect the safetyand performance of your vehi-cle, which could lead to han-dling failure or rollover andserious injury. When replacingthe tires, be sure to equip allfour tires with the tire andwheel of the same size, type,tread, brand and load-carryingcapacity.

(Continued)

(Continued)If you nevertheless decide toequip your vehicle with anytire/wheel combination notrecommended by Kia for offroad driving, you should notuse these tires for highwaydriving.

• The use of any other tire sizeor type may seriously affectride, handling, ground clear-ance, stopping distance, bodyto tire clearance, snow tireclearance, and speedometerreliability.

• It is best to replace all fourtires at the same time. If that isnot possible, or necessary,then replace the two front ortwo rear tires as a pair.Replacing just one tire canseriously affect your vehicle’shandling.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance,snow chain clearance,speedometer calibration, head-light aim and bumper height.

Page 265: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

307

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignement.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. To reduce the possiblity oflosing control, slow down wheneverthere is rain, snow or ice on the road.

Tire sidewall labelingFederal law requires tire manufactur-ers to place standardized informationon the sidewall of all tires. This infor-mation identifies and describes thefundamental characteristics of thetire and also provides the tire identifi-cation number (TIN) for safety stan-dard certification. The TIN can beused to identify the tire in case of arecall.

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)P185/65R14 86H

P - Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengercars or light trucks; however, notall tires have this marking).

185 - Tire width in millimeters.65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).14 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

Page 266: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 31

Maintenance

86 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:5.5JX14

5.5 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.14 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger cars. The speedrating is part of the tire size designa-tion on the sidewall of the tire. Thissymbol corresponds to that tire'sdesigned maximum safe operatingspeed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years, basedon the manufacturing date, tirestrength and performance, declinewith age naturally (even unusedspare tires). Therefore, the tires(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1606 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2006.

S 112 mph (180 km/h)T 118 mph (190 km/h)H 130 mph (210 km/h)V 149 mph (240 km/h)Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

Page 267: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

327

4. Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

7. Uniform tire quality grading The following information relates tothe tire grading system developed bythe Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard (CMVSS) for grading tiresby tread wear, traction and tempera-ture performance.

Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use. However, performancemay differ from the norm because ofvariations in driving habits, servicepractices and differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on Kia vehiclesmay vary with respect to grade.

WARNINGTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, it is recommended thattires generally be replaced aftersix (6) years of normal service.Heat caused by hot climates orfrequent high loading condi-tions can accelerate the agingprocess. Failure to follow thiswarning can result in suddentire failure, which could lead to aloss of control and an accidentinvolving serious injury ordeath.

Page 268: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 33

Maintenance

Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thegrades represent the tires ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C. The grades repre-sent the tire’s resistance to the gen-eration of heat and its ability to dissi-pate heat when tested under con-trolled conditions on a specifiedindoor laboratory test wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tires todegenerate and reduce tires life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tires failure. Grades A and Brepresent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheel thanthe minimum required by the law.

Tire terminology and definitionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward onthe tire. Air pressure is expressed inkilopascal (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatic transmis-sion, power seats, and air condition-ing.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

WARNING - Tire temperature

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

Page 269: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

347

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inkilopascals (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi) before a tire hasbuilt up heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant, but without passengers andcargo.DOT Markings: A code molded intothe sidewall of a tire signifying thatthe tire is in compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation motorvehicle safety standards. The DOTcode includes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle.

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for thattire.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 68 kg(150 pounds).

Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.Radial Ply tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seat-ed.Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Page 270: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 35

Maintenance

Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wearbars," that show across the tread of atire when only 2/32 inch of treadremains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs.) plus therated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire due tocurb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:That load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and driving by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.

All season tires Kia specifies all season tires onsome models to provide good per-formance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires Kia specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior perform-ance on dry roads. Summer tire per-formance is substantially reduced insnow and ice. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M+S(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.if you plan to operate your vehicle insnowy or icy conditions. Kia recom-mends the use of snow tires or allseason tires on all four wheels.

Snow tiresIf you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4psi) more air pressure than the pres-sure recommended for the standardtires on the tire label on the driver'sside of the center pillar, or up to themaximum pressure shown on the tiresidewall, whichever is less.Do not drive faster than 120 km/h (75mph) when your car is equipped withsnow tires.

Page 271: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

367

LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS Recommended lubricants To help achieve proper engine and pow-ertrain performance and durability, useonly lubricants of the proper quality. Thecorrect lubricants also help promoteengine efficiency that results in improvedfuel economy.Engine oils labeled Energy ConservingOil are now available. Along with otheradditional benefits, they contribute to fueleconomy by reducing the amount of fuelnecessary to overcome engine friction.Often, these improvements are difficult tomeasure in everyday driving, but in ayear’s time, they can offer significant costand energy savings.

*¹ Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Classification

Engine oil *¹ API Service SL or above, ILSAC GF-3 or above

Automatic transaxle fluid DIAMOND ATF SP-III

Power steering fluid PSF-IV

Brake fluid FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Page 272: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 37

Maintenance

Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperating (starting and oil flow). Lowerviscosity engine oils can provide betterfuel economy and cold weather perform-ance, however, higher viscosity engineoils are required for satisfactory lubrica-tion in hot weather. Using oils of any vis-cosity other than those recommendedcould result in engine damage.

When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operat-ed in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosityfrom the chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Gasoline Engine Oil *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20,5W-30 (API SL / ILSAC GF-3). However, the engine oil is not available in your country,select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30

CAUTIONAlways be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drain-ing any lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that couldbe damaged.

Page 273: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

387

EXTERIOR CARE Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water.If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits. A mild soap, safe for use onpainted surfaces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

CAUTIONDo not use strong soap, chemicaldetergents or hot water, and do notwash the vehicle in direct sunlightor when the body of the vehicle iswarm.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

OJB037800

Page 274: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 39

Maintenance

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

✽✽ NOTICE• Wiping dust or dirt off the body with

a dry cloth will scratch the finish.• Do not use steel wool, abrasive clean-

ers, or strong detergents containinghighly alkaline or caustic agents onchrome-plated or anodized aluminumparts. This may result in damage tothe protective coating and cause dis-coloration or paint deterioration.

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.

Page 275: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Maintenance

407

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas becauseit is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it. Thelower edges of doors, rocker panels, andframe members have drain holes thatshould not be allowed to clog with dirt;trapped water in these areas can causerusting.

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with aclear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminum wheels. Theymay scratch or damage the finish.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any acid detergent. It maydamage and corrode the aluminumwheels coated with a clear protectivefinish.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

Page 276: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

7 41

Maintenance

INTERIOR CARE Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per-fume and cosmetic oil from contactingthe dashboard because they may causedamage or discoloration. If they do con-tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-diately. See the instructions that follow forthe proper way to clean vinyl.

Cleaning the upholstery and inte-rior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its color can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.

Cleaning the lap/shoulder beltwebbing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior windowglass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow thedirections on the glass cleaner container.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not scrape or scratch the inside ofthe rear window. This may result indamage to the rear window defrostergrid.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

Page 277: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

8

Specifications / 8-2

Specifications

Page 278: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Specifications

28

Dimensions Light Bulbs

1) HID(High Intensity Discharge) type

Item mm (in)

Overall length 5,000 (196.9)

Overall width 1,850 (72.8)

Overall height 1,485 (58.5)

Front tread 1,585 (62.4)

Rear tread 1,590 (62.6)

Wheelbase 2,800 (110.2)

SPECIFICATIONSThe specifications given here are for general information only. Although this information was accurate at the time of printing, Kiareserves the right to change its vehicles or their specifications without notice. Please check with an authorized Kia dealer for moreprecise and more up-to-date information.

Light Bulb WattageHeadlight (High) 55Headlight (Low) 55 or 35 1)

Front turn signal lights (LED type) 14.5Position lights 5Side mark lights 5Front fog lights (if equipped) 55Stop and tail lights 27/8Rear turn signal lights 28Back-up lights 18High mounted stop light (LED type) 2.5License plate lights 5Front map lamp 5Center dome lamp 10Door courtesy lamps 5Vanity mirror lamps 1.5Trunk room lamp 5Foot lamp 5Glove box lamp 5

Page 279: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

8 3

Specifications

Lubricant Volume ClassificationEngine oil *1

5.2 l (5.49 US qt.)API Service SL or above,

(with filter change) ILSAC GF-3 or above

Transaxle fluid 10.9 l (11.5 US qt.) DIAMOND ATF SP-III or SK ATF SP-III

Power steering 1.0 l (1.1 US qt.) PSF-IV

Coolant 8.7 l (9.2 US qt.) Ethylene glycol base for aluminum radiator

Brake fluid 0.7~0.8 l (0.7~0.8 US qt.) FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Fuel 70 l (18.5 US gal) Unleaded gasoline with AKI 87 or higher

*¹ Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the page 7-37.

Tires

Item Recommended Cold TireWheel lug nut torque

Tire WheelInflation Pressure

kPa (psi) kg·m (lb·ft, N·m)

Full size tire

P235/55 R 17 6.5J×17 210 (30) 9~11 (65~79, 88~107)

P225/60 R 16 6.5J×16 210 (30) 9~11 (65~79, 88~107)

Compact spare tire

T125/80D16 420 (60) 9~11 (65~79, 88~107)

Capacities

Page 280: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

9Index

Page 281: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Index

29

Air bags-advanced supplemental restraint system···3-52Air cleaner ····································································7-19Antenna·········································································3-98Audio remote control···················································3-99Audio systems·····························································3-100Automatic climate control system······························4-43Automatic transaxle ·············································4-5, 7-16

Battery···········································································7-22Before driving·································································5-5Brake system ································································4-10Brakes ···········································································7-14

Climate control air filter ·············································7-19Cruise control system ··················································4-19

Defroster ·······································································4-41Door locks ·······································································3-9Driver position memory system··································3-28

Electrical circuit protection ··········································6-5Electronic stability control··········································4-22Emergency starting························································6-3Emission control system················································5-3Engine compartment············································2-4, 7-10Engine cooling system ·················································7-12Engine oil and oil filter ················································7-11Exterior care·································································7-38

Fuel filler lid ·································································3-81Fuel requirements ··························································5-2

Gauges···········································································4-26

Hazard warning flasher ··············································4-42Homelink® wireless control system ···························5-25Hood ··············································································3-80How to use this manual ·················································1-2

If you have a flat tire ···················································6-17

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

Page 282: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

9 3

Index

Ignition switch································································4-2Immobilizer system························································3-7Instrument cluster ·······················································4-25Instrument panel overview ···········································2-3Interior care··································································7-41Interior features ···························································3-91Interior lights ·······························································3-88Interior overview····························································2-2

Keys ·················································································3-2

Label information ························································5-23Lighting·········································································4-34Lubricant specifications ··············································7-36Lubricants and fluids ··················································7-18

Maintenance schedule ···················································7-3Maintenance services·····················································7-2Mirrors··········································································3-84

Overheating ····································································6-2Owner maintenance·······················································7-7

Power steering ······························································7-15

Remote keyless entry ·····················································3-4Road warning ·································································6-2

Safety belts····································································3-30Seats···············································································3-17Special driving conditions ·············································5-7Specifications··································································8-2Starting the engine ·························································4-4Steering wheel·······························································4-17Storage compartments·················································3-89Suggestions for economical operation··························5-6Sunroof··········································································3-96

Tires and wheels···························································7-25Towing···········································································6-12Trailer towing·······························································5-16Trunk·············································································3-76

K

L

M

P

R

T

S

O

Page 283: 2007 Amanti Owners Manual En

Index

49

Vehicle break-in process················································1-3Vehicle load limit··························································5-11

Warnings and indicators ·············································4-28Weight of the vehicle ···················································5-15Windows ·······································································3-13Windshield defrosting and defogging ························4-53Wiper blades·································································7-20Wipers and washers·····················································4-38

V

W